the second argument can be an arbitrary expression (including side-effects), not just a constant. This removes the last user of expr_lor_const and hence also that function (and expr_land_const). Also the argument to __builtin_constant_p can be only a non-comma expression (like all functions arguments).
		
			
				
	
	
		
			7183 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			212 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			7183 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			212 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/*
 | 
						|
 *  TCC - Tiny C Compiler
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 *  Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 | 
						|
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | 
						|
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 | 
						|
 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 | 
						|
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 | 
						|
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
 | 
						|
 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | 
						|
 * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 | 
						|
 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "tcc.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/********************************************************/
 | 
						|
/* global variables */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* loc : local variable index
 | 
						|
   ind : output code index
 | 
						|
   rsym: return symbol
 | 
						|
   anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_DATA Sym *sym_free_first;
 | 
						|
ST_DATA void **sym_pools;
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int nb_sym_pools;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_DATA Sym *global_stack;
 | 
						|
ST_DATA Sym *local_stack;
 | 
						|
ST_DATA Sym *define_stack;
 | 
						|
ST_DATA Sym *global_label_stack;
 | 
						|
ST_DATA Sym *local_label_stack;
 | 
						|
static int local_scope;
 | 
						|
static int in_sizeof;
 | 
						|
static int section_sym;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int vlas_in_scope; /* number of VLAs that are currently in scope */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int vla_sp_root_loc; /* vla_sp_loc for SP before any VLAs were pushed */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int vla_sp_loc; /* Pointer to variable holding location to store stack pointer on the stack when modifying stack pointer */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_DATA SValue __vstack[1+VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop, *pvtop;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int nocode_wanted; /* true if no code generation wanted for an expression */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int global_expr;  /* true if compound literals must be allocated globally (used during initializers parsing */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return instruction) */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int func_var; /* true if current function is variadic (used by return instruction) */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int func_vc;
 | 
						|
ST_DATA int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
 | 
						|
ST_DATA const char *funcname;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_DATA CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type, size_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_DATA struct switch_t {
 | 
						|
    struct case_t {
 | 
						|
        int64_t v1, v2;
 | 
						|
	int sym;
 | 
						|
    } **p; int n; /* list of case ranges */
 | 
						|
    int def_sym; /* default symbol */
 | 
						|
} *cur_switch; /* current switch */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void gen_cast(CType *type);
 | 
						|
static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
 | 
						|
static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 | 
						|
static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
 | 
						|
static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
 | 
						|
static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
 | 
						|
static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int first, int size_only);
 | 
						|
static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int is_expr);
 | 
						|
static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r, int has_init, int v, int scope);
 | 
						|
static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init);
 | 
						|
static void expr_eq(void);
 | 
						|
static void unary_type(CType *type);
 | 
						|
static void vla_runtime_type_size(CType *type, int *a);
 | 
						|
static void vla_sp_restore(void);
 | 
						|
static void vla_sp_restore_root(void);
 | 
						|
static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 | 
						|
static void expr_type(CType *type);
 | 
						|
static inline int64_t expr_const64(void);
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpush64(int ty, unsigned long long v);
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpush(CType *type);
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int gvtst(int inv, int t);
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int is_btype_size(int bt);
 | 
						|
static void gen_inline_functions(TCCState *s);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_INLN int is_float(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int bt;
 | 
						|
    bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT || bt == VT_QFLOAT;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
 | 
						|
   non standard math libs */
 | 
						|
/* XXX: endianness dependent */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int ieee_finite(double d)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int p[4];
 | 
						|
    memcpy(p, &d, sizeof(double));
 | 
						|
    return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void test_lvalue(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
 | 
						|
        expect("lvalue");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void check_vstack(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (pvtop != vtop)
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("internal compiler error: vstack leak (%d)", vtop - pvtop);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
/* vstack debugging aid */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
void pv (const char *lbl, int a, int b)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    for (i = a; i < a + b; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        SValue *p = &vtop[-i];
 | 
						|
        printf("%s vtop[-%d] : type.t:%04x  r:%04x  r2:%04x  c.i:%d\n",
 | 
						|
            lbl, i, p->type.t, p->r, p->r2, (int)p->c.i);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
/* start of translation unit info */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_start(TCCState *s1)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (s1->do_debug) {
 | 
						|
        char buf[512];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* file info: full path + filename */
 | 
						|
        section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                                  ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
 | 
						|
                                  text_section->sh_num, NULL);
 | 
						|
        getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
 | 
						|
#ifdef _WIN32
 | 
						|
        normalize_slashes(buf);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
 | 
						|
        put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                    text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
 | 
						|
        put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                    text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
 | 
						|
        last_ind = 0;
 | 
						|
        last_line_num = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
 | 
						|
       symbols can be safely used */
 | 
						|
    put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
 | 
						|
                SHN_ABS, file->filename);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* put end of translation unit info */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_end(TCCState *s1)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (!s1->do_debug)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
        text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* generate line number info */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_line(TCCState *s1)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (!s1->do_debug)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    if ((last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
 | 
						|
        put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
 | 
						|
        last_ind = ind;
 | 
						|
        last_line_num = file->line_num;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* put function symbol */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_funcstart(TCCState *s1, Sym *sym)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    char buf[512];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!s1->do_debug)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* stabs info */
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
 | 
						|
    snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
 | 
						|
             funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
 | 
						|
    put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
 | 
						|
                cur_text_section, sym->c);
 | 
						|
    /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
 | 
						|
    put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    last_ind = 0;
 | 
						|
    last_line_num = 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* put function size */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_funcend(TCCState *s1, int size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (!s1->do_debug)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, size);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void tccgen_start(TCCState *s1)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    cur_text_section = NULL;
 | 
						|
    funcname = "";
 | 
						|
    anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
 | 
						|
    section_sym = 0;
 | 
						|
    const_wanted = 0;
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted = 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* define some often used types */
 | 
						|
    int_type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
    char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
 | 
						|
    mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
 | 
						|
#if PTR_SIZE == 4
 | 
						|
    size_type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    size_type.t = VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
 | 
						|
    func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    tcc_debug_start(s1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 | 
						|
    arm_init(s1);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void tccgen_end(TCCState *s1)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    gen_inline_functions(s1);
 | 
						|
    check_vstack();
 | 
						|
    /* end of translation unit info */
 | 
						|
    tcc_debug_end(s1);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
/* apply storage attibutes to Elf symbol */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void update_storage(Sym *sym)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
    ElfW(Sym) *esym;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (0 == sym->c)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    t = sym->type.t;
 | 
						|
    esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_VIS_MASK)
 | 
						|
        esym->st_other = (esym->st_other & ~ELFW(ST_VISIBILITY)(-1))
 | 
						|
            | ((t & VT_VIS_MASK) >> VT_VIS_SHIFT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_WEAK)
 | 
						|
        esym->st_info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_WEAK, ELFW(ST_TYPE)(esym->st_info));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_EXPORT)
 | 
						|
        esym->st_other |= ST_PE_EXPORT;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
/* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
 | 
						|
   'section' with value 'value' */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, Section *section,
 | 
						|
                            addr_t value, unsigned long size,
 | 
						|
                            int can_add_underscore)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int sym_type, sym_bind, sh_num, info, other, t;
 | 
						|
    ElfW(Sym) *esym;
 | 
						|
    const char *name;
 | 
						|
    char buf1[256];
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
    char buf[32];
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (section == NULL)
 | 
						|
        sh_num = SHN_UNDEF;
 | 
						|
    else if (section == SECTION_ABS)
 | 
						|
        sh_num = SHN_ABS;
 | 
						|
    else if (section == SECTION_COMMON)
 | 
						|
        sh_num = SHN_COMMON;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        sh_num = section->sh_num;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!sym->c) {
 | 
						|
        name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
        if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check) {
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
 | 
						|
            /* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
 | 
						|
               names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
 | 
						|
            switch(sym->v) {
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
 | 
						|
            case TOK_malloc:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_free:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_realloc:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_memalign:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_calloc:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            case TOK_memcpy:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_memmove:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_memset:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_strlen:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_strcpy:
 | 
						|
            case TOK_alloca:
 | 
						|
                strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
 | 
						|
                strcat(buf, name);
 | 
						|
                name = buf;
 | 
						|
                break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        t = sym->type.t;
 | 
						|
        if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
            sym_type = STT_FUNC;
 | 
						|
        } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
 | 
						|
            sym_type = STT_NOTYPE;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (t & VT_STATIC)
 | 
						|
            sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
 | 
						|
        other = 0;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
        if (sym_type == STT_FUNC && sym->type.ref) {
 | 
						|
            Sym *ref = sym->type.ref;
 | 
						|
            if (ref->a.func_call == FUNC_STDCALL && can_add_underscore) {
 | 
						|
                sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, ref->a.func_args * PTR_SIZE);
 | 
						|
                name = buf1;
 | 
						|
                other |= ST_PE_STDCALL;
 | 
						|
                can_add_underscore = 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (t & VT_IMPORT)
 | 
						|
            other |= ST_PE_IMPORT;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
 | 
						|
            buf1[0] = '_';
 | 
						|
            pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
 | 
						|
            name = buf1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (sym->asm_label)
 | 
						|
            name = get_tok_str(sym->asm_label, NULL);
 | 
						|
        info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(sym_bind, sym_type);
 | 
						|
        sym->c = set_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
 | 
						|
        esym->st_value = value;
 | 
						|
        esym->st_size = size;
 | 
						|
        esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    update_storage(sym);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
 | 
						|
                           addr_t value, unsigned long size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    put_extern_sym2(sym, section, value, size, 1);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void greloca(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type,
 | 
						|
                     addr_t addend)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int c = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (nocode_wanted && s == cur_text_section)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sym) {
 | 
						|
        if (0 == sym->c)
 | 
						|
            put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
        c = sym->c;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
 | 
						|
    put_elf_reloca(symtab_section, s, offset, type, c, addend);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    greloca(s, sym, offset, type, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
/* symbol allocator */
 | 
						|
static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
 | 
						|
    dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    last_sym = sym_free_first;
 | 
						|
    sym = sym_pool;
 | 
						|
    for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
 | 
						|
        sym->next = last_sym;
 | 
						|
        last_sym = sym;
 | 
						|
        sym++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    sym_free_first = last_sym;
 | 
						|
    return last_sym;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *sym;
 | 
						|
#ifndef SYM_DEBUG
 | 
						|
    sym = sym_free_first;
 | 
						|
    if (!sym)
 | 
						|
        sym = __sym_malloc();
 | 
						|
    sym_free_first = sym->next;
 | 
						|
    return sym;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    sym = tcc_malloc(sizeof(Sym));
 | 
						|
    return sym;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_INLN void sym_free(Sym *sym)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifndef SYM_DEBUG
 | 
						|
    sym->next = sym_free_first;
 | 
						|
    sym_free_first = sym;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    tcc_free(sym);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push, without hashing */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, long c)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s = sym_malloc();
 | 
						|
    s->scope = 0;
 | 
						|
    s->v = v;
 | 
						|
    s->type.t = t;
 | 
						|
    s->type.ref = NULL;
 | 
						|
#ifdef _WIN64
 | 
						|
    s->d = NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    s->c = c;
 | 
						|
    s->next = NULL;
 | 
						|
    /* add in stack */
 | 
						|
    s->prev = *ps;
 | 
						|
    *ps = s;
 | 
						|
    return s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
 | 
						|
   of the symbol stack */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    while (s) {
 | 
						|
        if (s->v == v)
 | 
						|
            return s;
 | 
						|
        else if (s->v == -1)
 | 
						|
            return NULL;
 | 
						|
        s = s->prev;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* structure lookup */
 | 
						|
ST_INLN Sym *struct_find(int v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    v -= TOK_IDENT;
 | 
						|
    if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* find an identifier */
 | 
						|
ST_INLN Sym *sym_find(int v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    v -= TOK_IDENT;
 | 
						|
    if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
 | 
						|
        return NULL;
 | 
						|
    return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, long c)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s, **ps;
 | 
						|
    TokenSym *ts;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (local_stack)
 | 
						|
        ps = &local_stack;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        ps = &global_stack;
 | 
						|
    s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
 | 
						|
    s->type.ref = type->ref;
 | 
						|
    s->r = r;
 | 
						|
    /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: simplify */
 | 
						|
    if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
 | 
						|
        /* record symbol in token array */
 | 
						|
        ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
 | 
						|
        if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
 | 
						|
            ps = &ts->sym_struct;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
 | 
						|
        s->prev_tok = *ps;
 | 
						|
        *ps = s;
 | 
						|
        s->scope = local_scope;
 | 
						|
        if (s->prev_tok && s->prev_tok->scope == s->scope)
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("redeclaration of '%s'",
 | 
						|
                get_tok_str(v & ~SYM_STRUCT, NULL));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push a global identifier */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, long c)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s, **ps;
 | 
						|
    s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
 | 
						|
    /* don't record anonymous symbol */
 | 
						|
    if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
 | 
						|
        ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
 | 
						|
        /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
 | 
						|
           sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
 | 
						|
        while (*ps != NULL)
 | 
						|
            ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
 | 
						|
        s->prev_tok = NULL;
 | 
						|
        *ps = s;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* pop symbols until top reaches 'b'.  If KEEP is non-zero don't really
 | 
						|
   pop them yet from the list, but do remove them from the token array.  */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b, int keep)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
 | 
						|
    TokenSym *ts;
 | 
						|
    int v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s = *ptop;
 | 
						|
    while(s != b) {
 | 
						|
        ss = s->prev;
 | 
						|
        v = s->v;
 | 
						|
        /* remove symbol in token array */
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: simplify */
 | 
						|
        if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
 | 
						|
            ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
 | 
						|
            if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
 | 
						|
                ps = &ts->sym_struct;
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
                ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
 | 
						|
            *ps = s->prev_tok;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
	if (!keep)
 | 
						|
	    sym_free(s);
 | 
						|
        s = ss;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!keep)
 | 
						|
	*ptop = b;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("memory full (vstack)");
 | 
						|
    /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
 | 
						|
       avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
 | 
						|
       because it would complicate the code generator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Don't do this when nocode_wanted.  vtop might come from
 | 
						|
       !nocode_wanted regions (see 88_codeopt.c) and transforming
 | 
						|
       it to a register without actually generating code is wrong
 | 
						|
       as their value might still be used for real.  All values
 | 
						|
       we push under nocode_wanted will eventually be popped
 | 
						|
       again, so that the VT_CMP/VT_JMP value will be in vtop
 | 
						|
       when code is unsuppressed again.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       Same logic below in vswap(); */
 | 
						|
    if (vtop >= vstack && !nocode_wanted) {
 | 
						|
        v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
        if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
 | 
						|
            gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    vtop++;
 | 
						|
    vtop->type = *type;
 | 
						|
    vtop->r = r;
 | 
						|
    vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    vtop->c = *vc;
 | 
						|
    vtop->sym = NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vswap(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SValue tmp;
 | 
						|
    /* cannot vswap cpu flags. See comment at vsetc() above */
 | 
						|
    if (vtop >= vstack && !nocode_wanted) {
 | 
						|
        int v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
        if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
 | 
						|
            gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    tmp = vtop[0];
 | 
						|
    vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
 | 
						|
    vtop[-1] = tmp;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* pop stack value */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpop(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int v;
 | 
						|
    v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
    /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
 | 
						|
    if (v == TREG_ST0) {
 | 
						|
        o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
 | 
						|
        /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
 | 
						|
        gsym(vtop->c.i);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    vtop--;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push constant of type "type" with useless value */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpush(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CValue cval;
 | 
						|
    vsetc(type, VT_CONST, &cval);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push integer constant */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpushi(int v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CValue cval;
 | 
						|
    cval.i = v;
 | 
						|
    vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push a pointer sized constant */
 | 
						|
static void vpushs(addr_t v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  CValue cval;
 | 
						|
  cval.i = v;
 | 
						|
  vsetc(&size_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push arbitrary 64bit constant */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpush64(int ty, unsigned long long v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CValue cval;
 | 
						|
    CType ctype;
 | 
						|
    ctype.t = ty;
 | 
						|
    ctype.ref = NULL;
 | 
						|
    cval.i = v;
 | 
						|
    vsetc(&ctype, VT_CONST, &cval);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push long long constant */
 | 
						|
static inline void vpushll(long long v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    vpush64(VT_LLONG, v);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vset(CType *type, int r, long v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CValue cval;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    cval.i = v;
 | 
						|
    vsetc(type, r, &cval);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void vseti(int r, int v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CType type;
 | 
						|
    type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
    type.ref = 0;
 | 
						|
    vset(&type, r, v);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpushv(SValue *v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("memory full (vstack)");
 | 
						|
    vtop++;
 | 
						|
    *vtop = *v;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void vdup(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    vpushv(vtop);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
 | 
						|
   I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vrotb(int n)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    SValue tmp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
 | 
						|
    for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
 | 
						|
        vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
 | 
						|
    vtop[0] = tmp;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* rotate the n elements before entry e towards the top
 | 
						|
   I1 ... In ... -> In I1 ... I(n-1) ... [top is right]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vrote(SValue *e, int n)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    SValue tmp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    tmp = *e;
 | 
						|
    for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
 | 
						|
        e[-i] = e[-i - 1];
 | 
						|
    e[-n + 1] = tmp;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* rotate n first stack elements to the top
 | 
						|
   I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1)  [top is right]
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vrott(int n)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    vrote(vtop, n);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push a symbol value of TYPE */
 | 
						|
static inline void vpushsym(CType *type, Sym *sym)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CValue cval;
 | 
						|
    cval.i = 0;
 | 
						|
    vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
 | 
						|
    vtop->sym = sym;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int v;
 | 
						|
    Sym *sym;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    v = anon_sym++;
 | 
						|
    sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
 | 
						|
    sym->type.ref = type->ref;
 | 
						|
    sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
 | 
						|
    put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
 | 
						|
    return sym;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
 | 
						|
static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    vpushsym(type, get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size));  
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s = sym_find(v);
 | 
						|
    if (!s) {
 | 
						|
        /* push forward reference */
 | 
						|
        s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
 | 
						|
        s->type.ref = type->ref;
 | 
						|
        s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Merge some storage attributes.  */
 | 
						|
static void patch_storage(Sym *sym, CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
    if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
 | 
						|
              get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
 | 
						|
    t = type->t;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
    if ((sym->type.t ^ t) & VT_IMPORT)
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("incompatible dll linkage for redefinition of '%s'",
 | 
						|
            get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    sym->type.t |= t & (VT_EXPORT|VT_WEAK);
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_VIS_MASK) {
 | 
						|
        int vis = sym->type.t & VT_VIS_MASK;
 | 
						|
        int vis2 = t & VT_VIS_MASK;
 | 
						|
        if (vis == (STV_DEFAULT << VT_VIS_SHIFT))
 | 
						|
            vis = vis2;
 | 
						|
        else if (vis2 != (STV_DEFAULT << VT_VIS_SHIFT))
 | 
						|
            vis = (vis < vis2) ? vis : vis2;
 | 
						|
        sym->type.t = (sym->type.t & ~VT_VIS_MASK) | vis;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' */
 | 
						|
static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
    s = sym_find(v);
 | 
						|
    if (!s) {
 | 
						|
        /* push forward reference */
 | 
						|
        s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
 | 
						|
        s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        if (s->type.ref == func_old_type.ref) {
 | 
						|
            s->type.ref = type->ref;
 | 
						|
            s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
 | 
						|
            s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        patch_storage(s, type);
 | 
						|
        update_storage(s);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push a reference to global symbol v */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    vpushsym(type, external_global_sym(v, type, 0));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void save_regs(int n)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SValue *p, *p1;
 | 
						|
    for(p = vstack, p1 = vtop - n; p <= p1; p++)
 | 
						|
        save_reg(p->r);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void save_reg(int r)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    save_reg_upstack(r, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free,
 | 
						|
   if seen up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void save_reg_upstack(int r, int n)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int l, saved, size, align;
 | 
						|
    SValue *p, *p1, sv;
 | 
						|
    CType *type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((r &= VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    if (nocode_wanted)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* modify all stack values */
 | 
						|
    saved = 0;
 | 
						|
    l = 0;
 | 
						|
    for(p = vstack, p1 = vtop - n; p <= p1; p++) {
 | 
						|
        if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
 | 
						|
            ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
 | 
						|
            /* must save value on stack if not already done */
 | 
						|
            if (!saved) {
 | 
						|
                /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
 | 
						|
                r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
                /* store register in the stack */
 | 
						|
                type = &p->type;
 | 
						|
                if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
 | 
						|
                    (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                    type = &char_pointer_type;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
                    type = &int_type;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                size = type_size(type, &align);
 | 
						|
                loc = (loc - size) & -align;
 | 
						|
                sv.type.t = type->t;
 | 
						|
                sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
                sv.c.i = loc;
 | 
						|
                store(r, &sv);
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
 | 
						|
                if (r == TREG_ST0) {
 | 
						|
                    o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                /* special long long case */
 | 
						|
                if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                    sv.c.i += 4;
 | 
						|
                    store(p->r2, &sv);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                l = loc;
 | 
						|
                saved = 1;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
 | 
						|
            if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
 | 
						|
                /* also clear the bounded flag because the
 | 
						|
                   relocation address of the function was stored in
 | 
						|
                   p->c.i */
 | 
						|
                p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            p->r2 = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
            p->c.i = l;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 | 
						|
/* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
 | 
						|
 * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int r;
 | 
						|
    SValue *p;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
 | 
						|
        if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
 | 
						|
            int n;
 | 
						|
            n=0;
 | 
						|
            for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
 | 
						|
                if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
 | 
						|
                    (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
 | 
						|
                    n++;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (n <= 1)
 | 
						|
                return r;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return get_reg(rc);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int get_reg(int rc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int r;
 | 
						|
    SValue *p;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* find a free register */
 | 
						|
    for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
 | 
						|
        if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
 | 
						|
            if (nocode_wanted)
 | 
						|
                return r;
 | 
						|
            for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
 | 
						|
                if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
 | 
						|
                    (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
 | 
						|
                    goto notfound;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            return r;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    notfound: ;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
 | 
						|
       IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
 | 
						|
       spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
 | 
						|
    for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
 | 
						|
        /* look at second register (if long long) */
 | 
						|
        r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
        if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
 | 
						|
            goto save_found;
 | 
						|
        r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
        if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
 | 
						|
        save_found:
 | 
						|
            save_reg(r);
 | 
						|
            return r;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* Should never comes here */
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* move register 's' (of type 't') to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
 | 
						|
   if needed */
 | 
						|
static void move_reg(int r, int s, int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SValue sv;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (r != s) {
 | 
						|
        save_reg(r);
 | 
						|
        sv.type.t = t;
 | 
						|
        sv.type.ref = NULL;
 | 
						|
        sv.r = s;
 | 
						|
        sv.c.i = 0;
 | 
						|
        load(r, &sv);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void gaddrof(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (vtop->r & VT_REF)
 | 
						|
        gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
    vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
    /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
 | 
						|
    if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
 | 
						|
        vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
/* generate lvalue bound code */
 | 
						|
static void gbound(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int lval_type;
 | 
						|
    CType type1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
 | 
						|
    /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
 | 
						|
    if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
 | 
						|
        /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
 | 
						|
        if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
 | 
						|
            lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
 | 
						|
            /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
 | 
						|
            type1 = vtop->type;
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
 | 
						|
            gaddrof();
 | 
						|
            vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
            gen_bounded_ptr_add();
 | 
						|
            vtop->r |= lval_type;
 | 
						|
            vtop->type = type1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* then check for dereferencing */
 | 
						|
        gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
 | 
						|
   converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
 | 
						|
   register value (such as structures). */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int gv(int rc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int r, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
 | 
						|
    int rc2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
 | 
						|
    if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
 | 
						|
        CType type;
 | 
						|
        int bits = 32;
 | 
						|
        bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
 | 
						|
        bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
 | 
						|
        /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
 | 
						|
        vtop->type.t &= ~VT_BITFIELD & ((1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) - 1);
 | 
						|
        /* cast to int to propagate signedness in following ops */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
            type.t = VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
            bits = 64;
 | 
						|
        } else
 | 
						|
            type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
        if((vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED) ||
 | 
						|
           (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL)
 | 
						|
            type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
        gen_cast(&type);
 | 
						|
        /* generate shifts */
 | 
						|
        vpushi(bits - (bit_pos + bit_size));
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_SHL);
 | 
						|
        vpushi(bits - bit_size);
 | 
						|
        /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_SAR);
 | 
						|
        r = gv(rc);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        if (is_float(vtop->type.t) && 
 | 
						|
            (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
            Sym *sym;
 | 
						|
            int *ptr;
 | 
						|
            unsigned long offset;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
 | 
						|
            CValue check;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
 | 
						|
            /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
 | 
						|
               generically in data segment */
 | 
						|
            size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
 | 
						|
            offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
 | 
						|
            data_section->data_offset = offset;
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: not portable yet */
 | 
						|
#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)
 | 
						|
            /* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
 | 
						|
            if (size == LDOUBLE_SIZE) {
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
 | 
						|
#if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 16
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.tab[3] = 0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
 | 
						|
            size = size >> 2;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
 | 
						|
            check.d = 1;
 | 
						|
            if(check.tab[0])
 | 
						|
                for(i=0;i<size;i++)
 | 
						|
                    ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            for(i=0;i<size;i++)
 | 
						|
                ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
 | 
						|
            sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
 | 
						|
            vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
 | 
						|
            vtop->sym = sym;
 | 
						|
            vtop->c.i = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
        if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND) 
 | 
						|
            gbound();
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
        rc2 = (rc & RC_FLOAT) ? RC_FLOAT : RC_INT;
 | 
						|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
        if (rc == RC_IRET)
 | 
						|
            rc2 = RC_LRET;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
        else if (rc == RC_FRET)
 | 
						|
            rc2 = RC_QRET;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        /* need to reload if:
 | 
						|
           - constant
 | 
						|
           - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
 | 
						|
           - already a register, but not in the right class */
 | 
						|
        if (r >= VT_CONST
 | 
						|
         || (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
 | 
						|
         || !(reg_classes[r] & rc)
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
         || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG && !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))
 | 
						|
         || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT && !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
         || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            )
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            r = get_reg(rc);
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
            if (((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) || ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT)) {
 | 
						|
                int addr_type = VT_LLONG, load_size = 8, load_type = ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) ? VT_LLONG : VT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                int addr_type = VT_INT, load_size = 4, load_type = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
                unsigned long long ll;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                int r2, original_type;
 | 
						|
                original_type = vtop->type.t;
 | 
						|
                /* two register type load : expand to two words
 | 
						|
                   temporarily */
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
                    /* load constant */
 | 
						|
                    ll = vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.i = ll; /* first word */
 | 
						|
                    load(r, vtop);
 | 
						|
                    vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
 | 
						|
                    vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
 | 
						|
                } else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
 | 
						|
                    /* We do not want to modifier the long long
 | 
						|
                       pointer here, so the safest (and less
 | 
						|
                       efficient) is to save all the other registers
 | 
						|
                       in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
 | 
						|
               #if 0
 | 
						|
                    save_regs(1);
 | 
						|
               #else
 | 
						|
                    /* lvalue_save: save only if used further down the stack */
 | 
						|
                    save_reg_upstack(vtop->r, 1);
 | 
						|
               #endif
 | 
						|
                    /* load from memory */
 | 
						|
                    vtop->type.t = load_type;
 | 
						|
                    load(r, vtop);
 | 
						|
                    vdup();
 | 
						|
                    vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
 | 
						|
                    /* increment pointer to get second word */
 | 
						|
                    vtop->type.t = addr_type;
 | 
						|
                    gaddrof();
 | 
						|
                    vpushi(load_size);
 | 
						|
                    gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
                    vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
                    vtop->type.t = load_type;
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    /* move registers */
 | 
						|
                    load(r, vtop);
 | 
						|
                    vdup();
 | 
						|
                    vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
 | 
						|
                    vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                /* Allocate second register. Here we rely on the fact that
 | 
						|
                   get_reg() tries first to free r2 of an SValue. */
 | 
						|
                r2 = get_reg(rc2);
 | 
						|
                load(r2, vtop);
 | 
						|
                vpop();
 | 
						|
                /* write second register */
 | 
						|
                vtop->r2 = r2;
 | 
						|
                vtop->type.t = original_type;
 | 
						|
            } else if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
 | 
						|
                int t1, t;
 | 
						|
                /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
 | 
						|
                   because of possible cast */
 | 
						|
                t = vtop->type.t;
 | 
						|
                t1 = t;
 | 
						|
                /* compute memory access type */
 | 
						|
                if (vtop->r & VT_REF)
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                    t = VT_PTR;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
                    t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
 | 
						|
                    t = VT_BYTE;
 | 
						|
                else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
 | 
						|
                    t = VT_SHORT;
 | 
						|
                if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
 | 
						|
                    t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
                vtop->type.t = t;
 | 
						|
                load(r, vtop);
 | 
						|
                /* restore wanted type */
 | 
						|
                vtop->type.t = t1;
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                /* one register type load */
 | 
						|
                load(r, vtop);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vtop->r = r;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
 | 
						|
        /* uses register pairs for doubles */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) 
 | 
						|
            vtop->r2 = r+1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return r;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
 | 
						|
       values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
 | 
						|
       reload errors */
 | 
						|
    v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
    if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        gv(rc1);
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        gv(rc2);
 | 
						|
        /* test if reload is needed for first register */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            gv(rc1);
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        gv(rc2);
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        gv(rc1);
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        /* test if reload is needed for first register */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
            gv(rc2);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
/* wrapper around RC_FRET to return a register by type */
 | 
						|
static int rc_fret(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
    if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
        return RC_ST0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    return RC_FRET;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* wrapper around REG_FRET to return a register by type */
 | 
						|
static int reg_fret(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
    if (t == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
        return TREG_ST0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    return REG_FRET;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
/* expand 64bit on stack in two ints */
 | 
						|
static void lexpand(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int u, v;
 | 
						|
    u = vtop->type.t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
    v = vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
 | 
						|
    if (v == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
        vtop[0].c.i >>= 32;
 | 
						|
    } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
        vtop[0].c.i += 4;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
        vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
 | 
						|
        vtop[0].r2 = vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    vtop[0].type.t = vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 | 
						|
/* expand long long on stack */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void lexpand_nr(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int u,v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    u = vtop->type.t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
    vdup();
 | 
						|
    vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
 | 
						|
    v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
 | 
						|
    if (v == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
      vtop[-1].c.i = vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
      vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i >> 32;
 | 
						|
      vtop->r = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
 | 
						|
      vtop->c.i += 4;
 | 
						|
      vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
 | 
						|
    } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
      vtop--;
 | 
						|
      lexpand();
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
 | 
						|
    vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64)
 | 
						|
/* build a long long from two ints */
 | 
						|
static void lbuild(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
 | 
						|
    vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
 | 
						|
    vtop[-1].type.t = t;
 | 
						|
    vpop();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
 | 
						|
   register */
 | 
						|
static void gv_dup(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int rc, t, r, r1;
 | 
						|
    SValue sv;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    t = vtop->type.t;
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64)
 | 
						|
    if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
        lexpand();
 | 
						|
        gv_dup();
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
        gv_dup();
 | 
						|
        vrotb(4);
 | 
						|
        /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
 | 
						|
        lbuild(t);
 | 
						|
        vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
        vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        lbuild(t);
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
        /* duplicate value */
 | 
						|
        rc = RC_INT;
 | 
						|
        sv.type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
        if (is_float(t)) {
 | 
						|
            rc = RC_FLOAT;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
            if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
                rc = RC_ST0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            sv.type.t = t;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        r = gv(rc);
 | 
						|
        r1 = get_reg(rc);
 | 
						|
        sv.r = r;
 | 
						|
        sv.c.i = 0;
 | 
						|
        load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
        /* duplicates value */
 | 
						|
        if (r != r1)
 | 
						|
            vtop->r = r1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Generate value test
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Generate a test for any value (jump, comparison and integers) */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int gvtst(int inv, int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
 | 
						|
    if (v != VT_CMP && v != VT_JMP && v != VT_JMPI) {
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_NE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
        /* constant jmp optimization */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->c.i != 0) != inv)
 | 
						|
            t = gjmp(t);
 | 
						|
        vtop--;
 | 
						|
        return t;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return gtst(inv, t);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
/* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
 | 
						|
static void gen_opl(int op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
 | 
						|
    int func;
 | 
						|
    unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
 | 
						|
    unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
 | 
						|
    SValue tmp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch(op) {
 | 
						|
    case '/':
 | 
						|
    case TOK_PDIV:
 | 
						|
        func = TOK___divdi3;
 | 
						|
        goto gen_func;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_UDIV:
 | 
						|
        func = TOK___udivdi3;
 | 
						|
        goto gen_func;
 | 
						|
    case '%':
 | 
						|
        func = TOK___moddi3;
 | 
						|
        goto gen_mod_func;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_UMOD:
 | 
						|
        func = TOK___umoddi3;
 | 
						|
    gen_mod_func:
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
 | 
						|
        reg_iret = TREG_R2;
 | 
						|
        reg_lret = TREG_R3;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    gen_func:
 | 
						|
        /* call generic long long function */
 | 
						|
        vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
 | 
						|
        vrott(3);
 | 
						|
        gfunc_call(2);
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        vtop->r = reg_iret;
 | 
						|
        vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '^':
 | 
						|
    case '&':
 | 
						|
    case '|':
 | 
						|
    case '*':
 | 
						|
    case '+':
 | 
						|
    case '-':
 | 
						|
        //pv("gen_opl A",0,2);
 | 
						|
        t = vtop->type.t;
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        lexpand();
 | 
						|
        vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
        lexpand();
 | 
						|
        /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
 | 
						|
        tmp = vtop[0];
 | 
						|
        vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
 | 
						|
        vtop[-3] = tmp;
 | 
						|
        tmp = vtop[-2];
 | 
						|
        vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
 | 
						|
        vtop[-3] = tmp;
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
 | 
						|
        //pv("gen_opl B",0,4);
 | 
						|
        if (op == '*') {
 | 
						|
            vpushv(vtop - 1);
 | 
						|
            vpushv(vtop - 1);
 | 
						|
            gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
 | 
						|
            lexpand();
 | 
						|
            /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
 | 
						|
            for(i=0;i<4;i++)
 | 
						|
                vrotb(6);
 | 
						|
            /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
 | 
						|
            tmp = vtop[0];
 | 
						|
            vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
 | 
						|
            vtop[-2] = tmp;
 | 
						|
            /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
 | 
						|
            gen_op('*');
 | 
						|
            vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
            vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
            gen_op('*');
 | 
						|
            /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
 | 
						|
            gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
            gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
        } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
 | 
						|
            if (op == '+')
 | 
						|
                op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
                op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
 | 
						|
            gen_op(op1);
 | 
						|
            /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
 | 
						|
            vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
            vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
            gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            gen_op(op);
 | 
						|
            /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
 | 
						|
            vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
            vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
            /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
 | 
						|
            gen_op(op);
 | 
						|
            /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* stack: L H */
 | 
						|
        lbuild(t);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_SAR:
 | 
						|
    case TOK_SHR:
 | 
						|
    case TOK_SHL:
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
            t = vtop[-1].type.t;
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            lexpand();
 | 
						|
            vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
            /* stack: L H shift */
 | 
						|
            c = (int)vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
            /* constant: simpler */
 | 
						|
            /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
 | 
						|
               done by swaping words */
 | 
						|
            vpop();
 | 
						|
            if (op != TOK_SHL)
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
            if (c >= 32) {
 | 
						|
                /* stack: L H */
 | 
						|
                vpop();
 | 
						|
                if (c > 32) {
 | 
						|
                    vpushi(c - 32);
 | 
						|
                    gen_op(op);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                if (op != TOK_SAR) {
 | 
						|
                    vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    gv_dup();
 | 
						|
                    vpushi(31);
 | 
						|
                    gen_op(TOK_SAR);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
                gv_dup();
 | 
						|
                /* stack: H L L */
 | 
						|
                vpushi(c);
 | 
						|
                gen_op(op);
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
                vpushi(32 - c);
 | 
						|
                if (op == TOK_SHL)
 | 
						|
                    gen_op(TOK_SHR);
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    gen_op(TOK_SHL);
 | 
						|
                vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
                /* stack: L L H */
 | 
						|
                vpushi(c);
 | 
						|
                if (op == TOK_SHL)
 | 
						|
                    gen_op(TOK_SHL);
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    gen_op(TOK_SHR);
 | 
						|
                gen_op('|');
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (op != TOK_SHL)
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
            lbuild(t);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
 | 
						|
            switch(op) {
 | 
						|
            case TOK_SAR:
 | 
						|
                func = TOK___ashrdi3;
 | 
						|
                goto gen_func;
 | 
						|
            case TOK_SHR:
 | 
						|
                func = TOK___lshrdi3;
 | 
						|
                goto gen_func;
 | 
						|
            case TOK_SHL:
 | 
						|
                func = TOK___ashldi3;
 | 
						|
                goto gen_func;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
        /* compare operations */
 | 
						|
        t = vtop->type.t;
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        lexpand();
 | 
						|
        vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
        lexpand();
 | 
						|
        /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
 | 
						|
        tmp = vtop[-1];
 | 
						|
        vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
 | 
						|
        vtop[-2] = tmp;
 | 
						|
        /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
 | 
						|
        /* compare high */
 | 
						|
        op1 = op;
 | 
						|
        /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
 | 
						|
           the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
 | 
						|
        if (op1 == TOK_LT)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_LE;
 | 
						|
        else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_GE;
 | 
						|
        else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_ULE;
 | 
						|
        else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_UGE;
 | 
						|
        a = 0;
 | 
						|
        b = 0;
 | 
						|
        gen_op(op1);
 | 
						|
        if (op == TOK_NE) {
 | 
						|
            b = gvtst(0, 0);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            a = gvtst(1, 0);
 | 
						|
            if (op != TOK_EQ) {
 | 
						|
                /* generate non equal test */
 | 
						|
                vpushi(TOK_NE);
 | 
						|
                vtop->r = VT_CMP;
 | 
						|
                b = gvtst(0, 0);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* compare low. Always unsigned */
 | 
						|
        op1 = op;
 | 
						|
        if (op1 == TOK_LT)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_ULT;
 | 
						|
        else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_ULE;
 | 
						|
        else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_UGT;
 | 
						|
        else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
 | 
						|
            op1 = TOK_UGE;
 | 
						|
        gen_op(op1);
 | 
						|
        a = gvtst(1, a);
 | 
						|
        gsym(b);
 | 
						|
        vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static uint64_t gen_opic_sdiv(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    uint64_t x = (a >> 63 ? -a : a) / (b >> 63 ? -b : b);
 | 
						|
    return (a ^ b) >> 63 ? -x : x;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int gen_opic_lt(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return (a ^ (uint64_t)1 << 63) < (b ^ (uint64_t)1 << 63);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
 | 
						|
   independent opt */
 | 
						|
static void gen_opic(int op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    SValue *v1 = vtop - 1;
 | 
						|
    SValue *v2 = vtop;
 | 
						|
    int t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    int t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    int c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    int c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    uint64_t l1 = c1 ? v1->c.i : 0;
 | 
						|
    uint64_t l2 = c2 ? v2->c.i : 0;
 | 
						|
    int shm = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? 63 : 31;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (t1 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t1 != VT_PTR))
 | 
						|
        l1 = ((uint32_t)l1 |
 | 
						|
              (v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l1 & 0x80000000)));
 | 
						|
    if (t2 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t2 != VT_PTR))
 | 
						|
        l2 = ((uint32_t)l2 |
 | 
						|
              (v2->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l2 & 0x80000000)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c1 && c2) {
 | 
						|
        switch(op) {
 | 
						|
        case '+': l1 += l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case TOK_PDIV:
 | 
						|
        case '/':
 | 
						|
        case '%':
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UDIV:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UMOD:
 | 
						|
            /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
 | 
						|
            if (l2 == 0) {
 | 
						|
                if (const_wanted)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("division by zero in constant");
 | 
						|
                goto general_case;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            switch(op) {
 | 
						|
            default: l1 = gen_opic_sdiv(l1, l2); break;
 | 
						|
            case '%': l1 = l1 - l2 * gen_opic_sdiv(l1, l2); break;
 | 
						|
            case TOK_UDIV: l1 = l1 / l2; break;
 | 
						|
            case TOK_UMOD: l1 = l1 % l2; break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= (l2 & shm); break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SHR: l1 >>= (l2 & shm); break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SAR:
 | 
						|
            l1 = (l1 >> 63) ? ~(~l1 >> (l2 & shm)) : l1 >> (l2 & shm);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
            /* tests */
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ULT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UGE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ULE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UGT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_LT: l1 = gen_opic_lt(l1, l2); break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_GE: l1 = !gen_opic_lt(l1, l2); break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_LE: l1 = !gen_opic_lt(l2, l1); break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_GT: l1 = gen_opic_lt(l2, l1); break;
 | 
						|
            /* logical */
 | 
						|
        case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
            goto general_case;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
	if (t1 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t1 != VT_PTR))
 | 
						|
	    l1 = ((uint32_t)l1 |
 | 
						|
		(v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l1 & 0x80000000)));
 | 
						|
        v1->c.i = l1;
 | 
						|
        vtop--;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
 | 
						|
        if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' || 
 | 
						|
                   op == '|' || op == '*')) {
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
 | 
						|
            l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (!const_wanted &&
 | 
						|
            c1 && ((l1 == 0 &&
 | 
						|
                    (op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR)) ||
 | 
						|
                   (l1 == -1 && op == TOK_SAR))) {
 | 
						|
            /* treat (0 << x), (0 >> x) and (-1 >> x) as constant */
 | 
						|
            vtop--;
 | 
						|
        } else if (!const_wanted &&
 | 
						|
                   c2 && ((l2 == 0 && (op == '&' || op == '*')) ||
 | 
						|
                          (l2 == -1 && op == '|') ||
 | 
						|
                          (l2 == 0xffffffff && t2 != VT_LLONG && op == '|') ||
 | 
						|
                          (l2 == 1 && (op == '%' || op == TOK_UMOD)))) {
 | 
						|
            /* treat (x & 0), (x * 0), (x | -1) and (x % 1) as constant */
 | 
						|
            if (l2 == 1)
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.i = 0;
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            vtop--;
 | 
						|
        } else if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
 | 
						|
                          op == TOK_PDIV) &&
 | 
						|
                           l2 == 1) ||
 | 
						|
                          ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
 | 
						|
                            op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
 | 
						|
                           l2 == 0) ||
 | 
						|
                          (op == '&' &&
 | 
						|
                           l2 == -1))) {
 | 
						|
            /* filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
 | 
						|
            vtop--;
 | 
						|
        } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
 | 
						|
            /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
 | 
						|
            if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
 | 
						|
                int n = -1;
 | 
						|
                while (l2) {
 | 
						|
                    l2 >>= 1;
 | 
						|
                    n++;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.i = n;
 | 
						|
                if (op == '*')
 | 
						|
                    op = TOK_SHL;
 | 
						|
                else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
 | 
						|
                    op = TOK_SAR;
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    op = TOK_SHR;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            goto general_case;
 | 
						|
        } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
 | 
						|
                   (((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM))
 | 
						|
                    || (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
 | 
						|
            /* symbol + constant case */
 | 
						|
            if (op == '-')
 | 
						|
                l2 = -l2;
 | 
						|
	    l2 += vtop[-1].c.i;
 | 
						|
	    /* The backends can't always deal with addends to symbols
 | 
						|
	       larger than +-1<<31.  Don't construct such.  */
 | 
						|
	    if ((int)l2 != l2)
 | 
						|
	        goto general_case;
 | 
						|
            vtop--;
 | 
						|
            vtop->c.i = l2;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
        general_case:
 | 
						|
                /* call low level op generator */
 | 
						|
                if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG ||
 | 
						|
                    (PTR_SIZE == 8 && (t1 == VT_PTR || t2 == VT_PTR)))
 | 
						|
                    gen_opl(op);
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    gen_opi(op);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
 | 
						|
static void gen_opif(int op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int c1, c2;
 | 
						|
    SValue *v1, *v2;
 | 
						|
    long double f1, f2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    v1 = vtop - 1;
 | 
						|
    v2 = vtop;
 | 
						|
    /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
 | 
						|
    c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
    if (c1 && c2) {
 | 
						|
        if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
 | 
						|
            f1 = v1->c.f;
 | 
						|
            f2 = v2->c.f;
 | 
						|
        } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
            f1 = v1->c.d;
 | 
						|
            f2 = v2->c.d;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            f1 = v1->c.ld;
 | 
						|
            f2 = v2->c.ld;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
 | 
						|
           NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
 | 
						|
        if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
 | 
						|
            goto general_case;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        switch(op) {
 | 
						|
        case '+': f1 += f2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
 | 
						|
        case '/': 
 | 
						|
            if (f2 == 0.0) {
 | 
						|
                if (const_wanted)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("division by zero in constant");
 | 
						|
                goto general_case;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            f1 /= f2; 
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
            goto general_case;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: overflow test ? */
 | 
						|
        if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
 | 
						|
            v1->c.f = f1;
 | 
						|
        } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
            v1->c.d = f1;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            v1->c.ld = f1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vtop--;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
    general_case:
 | 
						|
        gen_opf(op);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int pointed_size(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int align;
 | 
						|
    return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void vla_runtime_pointed_size(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int align;
 | 
						|
    vla_runtime_type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && (uint32_t)p->c.i == 0) ||
 | 
						|
        ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.i == 0) ||
 | 
						|
        ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR &&
 | 
						|
         (PTR_SIZE == 4 ? (uint32_t)p->c.i == 0 : p->c.i == 0));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT || 
 | 
						|
            bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* check types for comparison or subtraction of pointers */
 | 
						|
static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
 | 
						|
    int bt1, bt2;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
 | 
						|
    if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    type1 = &p1->type;
 | 
						|
    type2 = &p2->type;
 | 
						|
    bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
 | 
						|
    if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
 | 
						|
        if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
 | 
						|
            tcc_warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
 | 
						|
    if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
        type1 = pointed_type(type1);
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC) 
 | 
						|
        goto invalid_operands;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
        type2 = pointed_type(type2);
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) { 
 | 
						|
    invalid_operands:
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID || 
 | 
						|
        (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    tmp_type1 = *type1;
 | 
						|
    tmp_type2 = *type2;
 | 
						|
    tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
    tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
    if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
 | 
						|
        /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
 | 
						|
        if (op == '-')
 | 
						|
            goto invalid_operands;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            tcc_warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void gen_op(int op)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
 | 
						|
    CType type1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
redo:
 | 
						|
    t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
 | 
						|
    t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
 | 
						|
    bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
    if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("operation on a struct");
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
	if (bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
	    mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
	    gaddrof();
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
	if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
	    vswap();
 | 
						|
	    mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
	    gaddrof();
 | 
						|
	    vswap();
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
	goto redo;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
        /* at least one operand is a pointer */
 | 
						|
        /* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
 | 
						|
        if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
 | 
						|
            check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
 | 
						|
            /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
            t = VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
            t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            goto std_op;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
 | 
						|
        if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
            if (op != '-')
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
 | 
						|
            check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
 | 
						|
            if (vtop[-1].type.t & VT_VLA) {
 | 
						|
                vla_runtime_pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            vrott(3);
 | 
						|
            gen_opic(op);
 | 
						|
            /* set to integer type */
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t = VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t = VT_INT; 
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
 | 
						|
            if (op != '-' && op != '+')
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
 | 
						|
            /* Put pointer as first operand */
 | 
						|
            if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
                t = t1, t1 = t2, t2 = t;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#if PTR_SIZE == 4
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop[0].type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
 | 
						|
                /* XXX: truncate here because gen_opl can't handle ptr + long long */
 | 
						|
                gen_cast(&int_type);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            type1 = vtop[-1].type;
 | 
						|
            type1.t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
 | 
						|
            if (vtop[-1].type.t & VT_VLA)
 | 
						|
                vla_runtime_pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
 | 
						|
            else {
 | 
						|
                u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
 | 
						|
                if (u < 0)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("unknown array element size");
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                vpushll(u);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
                /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
 | 
						|
                vpushi(u);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            gen_op('*');
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
/* #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
    The main reason to removing this code:
 | 
						|
	#include <stdio.h>
 | 
						|
	int main ()
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	    int v[10];
 | 
						|
	    int i = 10;
 | 
						|
	    int j = 9;
 | 
						|
	    fprintf(stderr, "v+i-j  = %p\n", v+i-j);
 | 
						|
	    fprintf(stderr, "v+(i-j)  = %p\n", v+(i-j));
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    When this code is on. then the output looks like 
 | 
						|
	v+i-j = 0xfffffffe
 | 
						|
	v+(i-j) = 0xbff84000
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
            /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
 | 
						|
               generated, so no bound check */
 | 
						|
            if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
 | 
						|
                /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
 | 
						|
                   test bounds */
 | 
						|
                if (op == '-') {
 | 
						|
                    vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
                    vswap();
 | 
						|
                    gen_op('-');
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                gen_bounded_ptr_add();
 | 
						|
            } else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
                gen_opic(op);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
 | 
						|
            vtop->type = type1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
 | 
						|
        /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
 | 
						|
        if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
            t = VT_LDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
        } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
            t = VT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            t = VT_FLOAT;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
 | 
						|
        if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
 | 
						|
            (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("invalid operands for binary operation");
 | 
						|
        goto std_op;
 | 
						|
    } else if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL) {
 | 
						|
        t = bt1 == VT_LLONG ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT;
 | 
						|
        if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (t | VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
          t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
        goto std_op;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
        /* cast to biggest op */
 | 
						|
        t = VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
        /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
 | 
						|
        if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
 | 
						|
            (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
            t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
        goto std_op;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        /* integer operations */
 | 
						|
        t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
        /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
 | 
						|
        if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
 | 
						|
            (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
            t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
    std_op:
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
 | 
						|
           we modify them here */
 | 
						|
        if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
 | 
						|
            if (op == TOK_SAR)
 | 
						|
                op = TOK_SHR;
 | 
						|
            else if (op == '/')
 | 
						|
                op = TOK_UDIV;
 | 
						|
            else if (op == '%')
 | 
						|
                op = TOK_UMOD;
 | 
						|
            else if (op == TOK_LT)
 | 
						|
                op = TOK_ULT;
 | 
						|
            else if (op == TOK_GT)
 | 
						|
                op = TOK_UGT;
 | 
						|
            else if (op == TOK_LE)
 | 
						|
                op = TOK_ULE;
 | 
						|
            else if (op == TOK_GE)
 | 
						|
                op = TOK_UGE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        type1.t = t;
 | 
						|
        gen_cast(&type1);
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
 | 
						|
           an integer */
 | 
						|
        if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
 | 
						|
            type1.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
        gen_cast(&type1);
 | 
						|
        if (is_float(t))
 | 
						|
            gen_opif(op);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            gen_opic(op);
 | 
						|
        if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
 | 
						|
            /* relationnal op: the result is an int */
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t = t;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Make sure that we have converted to an rvalue:
 | 
						|
    if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
 | 
						|
        gv(is_float(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) ? RC_FLOAT : RC_INT);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 | 
						|
/* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
 | 
						|
static void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
    gen_cvt_itof(t);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == 
 | 
						|
        (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (t == VT_FLOAT)
 | 
						|
            vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
 | 
						|
#if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
 | 
						|
        else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
            vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
 | 
						|
        vrott(2);
 | 
						|
        gfunc_call(1);
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        vtop->r = reg_fret(t);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        gen_cvt_itof(t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
 | 
						|
static void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
    gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    int st;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
 | 
						|
        /* not handled natively */
 | 
						|
        st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
        if (st == VT_FLOAT)
 | 
						|
            vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
 | 
						|
#if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
 | 
						|
        else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
            vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
 | 
						|
        vrott(2);
 | 
						|
        gfunc_call(1);
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        vtop->r = REG_IRET;
 | 
						|
        vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* force char or short cast */
 | 
						|
static void force_charshort_cast(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int bits, dbt;
 | 
						|
    dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
 | 
						|
    if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
 | 
						|
        bits = 8;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        bits = 16;
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
 | 
						|
        vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
 | 
						|
        gen_op('&');
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
 | 
						|
            bits = 64 - bits;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            bits = 32 - bits;
 | 
						|
        vpushi(bits);
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_SHL);
 | 
						|
        /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
 | 
						|
           This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
 | 
						|
           and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
 | 
						|
        vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
        vpushi(bits);
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_SAR);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
 | 
						|
static void gen_cast(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c, p;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* special delayed cast for char/short */
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
 | 
						|
       be incorrect */
 | 
						|
    if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
 | 
						|
        vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
 | 
						|
        force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
 | 
						|
    if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
 | 
						|
        gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
    sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sbt != dbt) {
 | 
						|
        sf = is_float(sbt);
 | 
						|
        df = is_float(dbt);
 | 
						|
        c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
        p = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM);
 | 
						|
        if (c) {
 | 
						|
            /* constant case: we can do it now */
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
 | 
						|
            if (sbt == VT_FLOAT)
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.f;
 | 
						|
            else if (sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.d;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (df) {
 | 
						|
                if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                    if ((sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) || !(vtop->c.i >> 63))
 | 
						|
                        vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
                    else
 | 
						|
                        vtop->c.ld = -(long double)-vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
                } else if(!sf) {
 | 
						|
                    if ((sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) || !(vtop->c.i >> 31))
 | 
						|
                        vtop->c.ld = (uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
                    else
 | 
						|
                        vtop->c.ld = -(long double)-(uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                if (dbt == VT_FLOAT)
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
 | 
						|
                else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE)
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
 | 
						|
            } else if (sf && dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED)) {
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.i = vtop->c.ld;
 | 
						|
            } else if (sf && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
 | 
						|
                vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ld != 0);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                if(sf)
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.i = vtop->c.ld;
 | 
						|
                else if (sbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
                    ;
 | 
						|
                else if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.i = (uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                else if (sbt == VT_PTR)
 | 
						|
                    ;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                else if (sbt != VT_LLONG)
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.i = ((uint32_t)vtop->c.i |
 | 
						|
                                  -(vtop->c.i & 0x80000000));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                if (dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
                    ;
 | 
						|
                else if (dbt == VT_BOOL)
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                else if (dbt == VT_PTR)
 | 
						|
                    ;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                else if (dbt != VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                    uint32_t m = ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ? 0xff :
 | 
						|
                                  (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT ? 0xffff :
 | 
						|
                                  0xffffffff);
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.i &= m;
 | 
						|
                    if (!(dbt & VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
                        vtop->c.i |= -(vtop->c.i & ((m >> 1) + 1));
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else if (p && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
 | 
						|
            vtop->r = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
            vtop->c.i = 1;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* non constant case: generate code */
 | 
						|
            if (sf && df) {
 | 
						|
                /* convert from fp to fp */
 | 
						|
                gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
 | 
						|
            } else if (df) {
 | 
						|
                /* convert int to fp */
 | 
						|
                gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
 | 
						|
            } else if (sf) {
 | 
						|
                /* convert fp to int */
 | 
						|
                if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
 | 
						|
                     vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
                     gen_op(TOK_NE);
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
 | 
						|
                    if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
 | 
						|
                        dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
 | 
						|
                        dbt != VT_LLONG)
 | 
						|
                        dbt = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
                    gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
 | 
						|
                    if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
 | 
						|
                        /* additional cast for char/short... */
 | 
						|
                        vtop->type.t = dbt;
 | 
						|
                        gen_cast(type);
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
            } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                    /* scalar to long long */
 | 
						|
                    /* machine independent conversion */
 | 
						|
                    gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
                    /* generate high word */
 | 
						|
                    if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
 | 
						|
                        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
                        gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
                    } else {
 | 
						|
                        if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
                            /* cast from pointer to int before we apply
 | 
						|
                               shift operation, which pointers don't support*/
 | 
						|
                            gen_cast(&int_type);
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                        gv_dup();
 | 
						|
                        vpushi(31);
 | 
						|
                        gen_op(TOK_SAR);
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    /* patch second register */
 | 
						|
                    vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
 | 
						|
                    vpop();
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
            } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ||
 | 
						|
                       (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR ||
 | 
						|
                       (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
                if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG &&
 | 
						|
                    (sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR &&
 | 
						|
                    (sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
                    /* need to convert from 32bit to 64bit */
 | 
						|
                    gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
                    if (sbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64)
 | 
						|
                        gen_cvt_sxtw();
 | 
						|
#elif defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                        int r = gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
                        /* x86_64 specific: movslq */
 | 
						|
                        o(0x6348);
 | 
						|
                        o(0xc0 + (REG_VALUE(r) << 3) + REG_VALUE(r));
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#error
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
 | 
						|
                /* scalar to bool */
 | 
						|
                vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
                gen_op(TOK_NE);
 | 
						|
            } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE || 
 | 
						|
                       (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
 | 
						|
                if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
                    vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
                    tcc_warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                force_charshort_cast(dbt);
 | 
						|
#if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
            } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
 | 
						|
                /* scalar to int */
 | 
						|
                if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                    /* from long long: just take low order word */
 | 
						|
                    lexpand();
 | 
						|
                    vpop();
 | 
						|
                } 
 | 
						|
                /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
 | 
						|
                   the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
 | 
						|
                   VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
 | 
						|
        /* if we are casting between pointer types,
 | 
						|
           we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
 | 
						|
        vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
 | 
						|
                  | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    vtop->type = *type;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return type size as known at compile time. Put alignment at 'a' */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
    int bt;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
        /* struct/union */
 | 
						|
        s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
        *a = s->r;
 | 
						|
        return s->c;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
        if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
 | 
						|
            int ts;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
            ts = type_size(&s->type, a);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (ts < 0 && s->c < 0)
 | 
						|
                ts = -ts;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            return ts * s->c;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            *a = PTR_SIZE;
 | 
						|
            return PTR_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
        *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
 | 
						|
        return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
        *a = 8;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
        *a = 4;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
 | 
						|
        *a = 8; 
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
        *a = 4;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
        *a = 8;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        return 8;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
 | 
						|
        *a = 4;
 | 
						|
        return 4;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
 | 
						|
        *a = 2;
 | 
						|
        return 2;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt == VT_QLONG || bt == VT_QFLOAT) {
 | 
						|
        *a = 8;
 | 
						|
        return 16;
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt == VT_ENUM) {
 | 
						|
	*a = 4;
 | 
						|
	/* Enums might be incomplete, so don't just return '4' here.  */
 | 
						|
	return type->ref->c;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        /* char, void, function, _Bool */
 | 
						|
        *a = 1;
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* push type size as known at runtime time on top of value stack. Put
 | 
						|
   alignment at 'a' */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vla_runtime_type_size(CType *type, int *a)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
 | 
						|
        type_size(&type->ref->type, a);
 | 
						|
        vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, type->ref->c);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        vpushi(type_size(type, a));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void vla_sp_restore(void) {
 | 
						|
    if (vlas_in_scope) {
 | 
						|
        gen_vla_sp_restore(vla_sp_loc);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void vla_sp_restore_root(void) {
 | 
						|
    if (vlas_in_scope) {
 | 
						|
        gen_vla_sp_restore(vla_sp_root_loc);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return the pointed type of t */
 | 
						|
static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return &type->ref->type;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void mk_pointer(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
    s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
 | 
						|
    type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
 | 
						|
    type->ref = s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
 | 
						|
static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s1, *s2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    s1 = type1->ref;
 | 
						|
    s2 = type2->ref;
 | 
						|
    if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    /* check func_call */
 | 
						|
    if (s1->a.func_call != s2->a.func_call)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: not complete */
 | 
						|
    if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    if (s1->c != s2->c)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    while (s1 != NULL) {
 | 
						|
        if (s2 == NULL)
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
 | 
						|
            return 0;
 | 
						|
        s1 = s1->next;
 | 
						|
        s2 = s2->next;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (s2)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    return 1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return true if type1 and type2 are the same.  If unqualified is
 | 
						|
   true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p () 
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int bt1, t1, t2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
 | 
						|
    t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
 | 
						|
    if (unqualified) {
 | 
						|
        /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
 | 
						|
        t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
        t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* Default Vs explicit signedness only matters for char */
 | 
						|
    if ((t1 & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BYTE) {
 | 
						|
        t1 &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
 | 
						|
        t2 &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* An enum is compatible with (unsigned) int.  Ideally we would
 | 
						|
       store the enums signedness in type->ref.a.<some_bit> and
 | 
						|
       only accept unsigned enums with unsigned int and vice versa.
 | 
						|
       But one of our callers (gen_assign_cast) always strips VT_UNSIGNED
 | 
						|
       from pointer target types, so we can't add it here either.  */
 | 
						|
    if ((t1 & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM) {
 | 
						|
	t1 = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
	if (type1->ref->a.unsigned_enum)
 | 
						|
	    t1 |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if ((t2 & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM) {
 | 
						|
	t2 = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
	if (type2->ref->a.unsigned_enum)
 | 
						|
	    t2 |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: bitfields ? */
 | 
						|
    if (t1 != t2)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    /* test more complicated cases */
 | 
						|
    bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
        type1 = pointed_type(type1);
 | 
						|
        type2 = pointed_type(type2);
 | 
						|
        return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
        return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
 | 
						|
    } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
        return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        return 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
 | 
						|
   qualifiers). 
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
 | 
						|
   printed in the type */
 | 
						|
/* XXX: union */
 | 
						|
/* XXX: add array and function pointers */
 | 
						|
static void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size, 
 | 
						|
                 CType *type, const char *varstr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int bt, v, t;
 | 
						|
    Sym *s, *sa;
 | 
						|
    char buf1[256];
 | 
						|
    const char *tstr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
 | 
						|
    bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    buf[0] = '\0';
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
 | 
						|
    if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
 | 
						|
    else if (t & VT_DEFSIGN)
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "signed ");
 | 
						|
    switch(bt) {
 | 
						|
    case VT_VOID:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "void";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_BOOL:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "_Bool";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_BYTE:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "char";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_SHORT:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "short";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_INT:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "int";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_LONG:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "long";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_LLONG:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "long long";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_FLOAT:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "float";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_DOUBLE:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "double";
 | 
						|
        goto add_tstr;
 | 
						|
    case VT_LDOUBLE:
 | 
						|
        tstr = "long double";
 | 
						|
    add_tstr:
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case VT_ENUM:
 | 
						|
    case VT_STRUCT:
 | 
						|
        if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
 | 
						|
            tstr = "struct ";
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            tstr = "enum ";
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
 | 
						|
        v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
 | 
						|
        if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
 | 
						|
            pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case VT_FUNC:
 | 
						|
        s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
        type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
 | 
						|
        sa = s->next;
 | 
						|
        while (sa != NULL) {
 | 
						|
            type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
 | 
						|
            pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
 | 
						|
            sa = sa->next;
 | 
						|
            if (sa)
 | 
						|
                pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
 | 
						|
        goto no_var;
 | 
						|
    case VT_PTR:
 | 
						|
        s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
        if (t & VT_ARRAY) {
 | 
						|
            snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "%s[%ld]", varstr ? varstr : "", s->c);
 | 
						|
            type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
 | 
						|
            goto no_var;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
 | 
						|
        if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
 | 
						|
            pstrcat(buf1, buf_size, "const ");
 | 
						|
        if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
 | 
						|
            pstrcat(buf1, buf_size, "volatile ");
 | 
						|
        if (varstr)
 | 
						|
            pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
 | 
						|
        type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
 | 
						|
        goto no_var;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (varstr) {
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
 | 
						|
        pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 no_var: ;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
 | 
						|
   casts if needed. */
 | 
						|
static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
 | 
						|
    char buf1[256], buf2[256];
 | 
						|
    int dbt, sbt;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
 | 
						|
    dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    if (sbt == VT_VOID || dbt == VT_VOID) {
 | 
						|
	if (sbt == VT_VOID && dbt == VT_VOID)
 | 
						|
	    ; /*
 | 
						|
	      It is Ok if both are void
 | 
						|
	      A test program:
 | 
						|
	        void func1() {}
 | 
						|
		void func2() {
 | 
						|
		  return func1();
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	      gcc accepts this program
 | 
						|
	      */
 | 
						|
	else
 | 
						|
    	    tcc_error("cannot cast from/to void");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
 | 
						|
        tcc_warning("assignment of read-only location");
 | 
						|
    switch(dbt) {
 | 
						|
    case VT_PTR:
 | 
						|
        /* special cases for pointers */
 | 
						|
        /* '0' can also be a pointer */
 | 
						|
        if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
 | 
						|
            goto type_ok;
 | 
						|
        /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
 | 
						|
        if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
 | 
						|
            tcc_warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
 | 
						|
            goto type_ok;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        type1 = pointed_type(dt);
 | 
						|
        /* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
 | 
						|
        if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
            if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
 | 
						|
                !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
 | 
						|
                tcc_warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
 | 
						|
            goto type_ok;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (sbt != VT_PTR)
 | 
						|
            goto error;
 | 
						|
        type2 = pointed_type(st);
 | 
						|
        if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID || 
 | 
						|
            (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
 | 
						|
            /* void * can match anything */
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* exact type match, except for qualifiers */
 | 
						|
            tmp_type1 = *type1;
 | 
						|
            tmp_type2 = *type2;
 | 
						|
            tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
            tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
            if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
 | 
						|
		/* Like GCC don't warn by default for merely changes
 | 
						|
		   in pointer target signedness.  Do warn for different
 | 
						|
		   base types, though, in particular for unsigned enums
 | 
						|
		   and signed int targets.  */
 | 
						|
		if ((tmp_type1.t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED)) !=
 | 
						|
		    (tmp_type2.t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED)) &&
 | 
						|
		    (tmp_type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == (tmp_type2.t & VT_BTYPE))
 | 
						|
		    ;
 | 
						|
		else
 | 
						|
		    tcc_warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* check const and volatile */
 | 
						|
        if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
 | 
						|
            (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
 | 
						|
            tcc_warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case VT_BYTE:
 | 
						|
    case VT_SHORT:
 | 
						|
    case VT_INT:
 | 
						|
    case VT_LLONG:
 | 
						|
        if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
            tcc_warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
 | 
						|
        } else if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
            goto case_VT_STRUCT;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: more tests */
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case VT_STRUCT:
 | 
						|
    case_VT_STRUCT:
 | 
						|
        tmp_type1 = *dt;
 | 
						|
        tmp_type2 = *st;
 | 
						|
        tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
        tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
        if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
 | 
						|
        error:
 | 
						|
            type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
 | 
						|
            type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 type_ok:
 | 
						|
    gen_cast(dt);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void vstore(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
 | 
						|
    sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    if ((((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
 | 
						|
         (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT))
 | 
						|
	&& !(vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
 | 
						|
        /* optimize char/short casts */
 | 
						|
        delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
 | 
						|
        vtop->type.t = (ft & VT_TYPE & ~VT_BITFIELD &
 | 
						|
                        ((1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) - 1));
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: factorize */
 | 
						|
        if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
 | 
						|
            tcc_warning("assignment of read-only location");
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        delayed_cast = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
 | 
						|
            gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
        /* if structure, only generate pointer */
 | 
						|
        /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: optimize if small size */
 | 
						|
            size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* destination */
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
 | 
						|
            gaddrof();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* address of memcpy() */
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
 | 
						|
            if(!(align & 7))
 | 
						|
                vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
 | 
						|
            else if(!(align & 3))
 | 
						|
                vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            /* Use memmove, rather than memcpy, as dest and src may be same: */
 | 
						|
            vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memmove);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            /* source */
 | 
						|
            vpushv(vtop - 2);
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
 | 
						|
            gaddrof();
 | 
						|
            /* type size */
 | 
						|
            vpushi(size);
 | 
						|
            gfunc_call(3);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* leave source on stack */
 | 
						|
    } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
 | 
						|
        /* bitfield store handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* save lvalue as expression result (example: s.b = s.a = n;) */
 | 
						|
        vdup(), vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
 | 
						|
        bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
 | 
						|
        /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
 | 
						|
        vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~VT_BITFIELD & ((1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) - 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL) {
 | 
						|
            gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
 | 
						|
            vtop[-1].type.t = (vtop[-1].type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | (VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* duplicate destination */
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
        vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* mask and shift source */
 | 
						|
        if((ft & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BOOL) {
 | 
						|
            if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                vpushll((1ULL << bit_size) - 1ULL);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            gen_op('&');
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vpushi(bit_pos);
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_SHL);
 | 
						|
        /* load destination, mask and or with source */
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
            vpushll(~(((1ULL << bit_size) - 1ULL) << bit_pos));
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        gen_op('&');
 | 
						|
        gen_op('|');
 | 
						|
        /* store result */
 | 
						|
        vstore();
 | 
						|
        /* ... and discard */
 | 
						|
        vpop();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
            /* bound check case */
 | 
						|
            if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
                gbound();
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            rc = RC_INT;
 | 
						|
            if (is_float(ft)) {
 | 
						|
                rc = RC_FLOAT;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
                if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
                    rc = RC_ST0;
 | 
						|
                } else if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT) {
 | 
						|
                    rc = RC_FRET;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            r = gv(rc);  /* generate value */
 | 
						|
            /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
 | 
						|
                SValue sv;
 | 
						|
                t = get_reg(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
                sv.type.t = VT_PTR;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
                sv.type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
                sv.c.i = vtop[-1].c.i;
 | 
						|
                load(t, &sv);
 | 
						|
                vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 (or +8 for x86-64)  */
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
            if (((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) || ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT)) {
 | 
						|
                int addr_type = VT_LLONG, load_size = 8, load_type = ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG) ? VT_LLONG : VT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
            if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                int addr_type = VT_INT, load_size = 4, load_type = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                vtop[-1].type.t = load_type;
 | 
						|
                store(r, vtop - 1);
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
                /* convert to int to increment easily */
 | 
						|
                vtop->type.t = addr_type;
 | 
						|
                gaddrof();
 | 
						|
                vpushi(load_size);
 | 
						|
                gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
                vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
                vtop[-1].type.t = load_type;
 | 
						|
                /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
 | 
						|
                store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                store(r, vtop - 1);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
 | 
						|
        vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void inc(int post, int c)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    test_lvalue();
 | 
						|
    vdup(); /* save lvalue */
 | 
						|
    if (post) {
 | 
						|
        gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
 | 
						|
        vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
        vrotb(3);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* add constant */
 | 
						|
    vpushi(c - TOK_MID); 
 | 
						|
    gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
    vstore(); /* store value */
 | 
						|
    if (post)
 | 
						|
        vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void parse_mult_str (CString *astr, const char *msg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* read the string */
 | 
						|
    if (tok != TOK_STR)
 | 
						|
        expect(msg);
 | 
						|
    cstr_new(astr);
 | 
						|
    while (tok == TOK_STR) {
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: add \0 handling too ? */
 | 
						|
        cstr_cat(astr, tokc.str.data, -1);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    cstr_ccat(astr, '\0');
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If I is >= 1 and a power of two, returns log2(i)+1.
 | 
						|
   If I is 0 returns 0.  */
 | 
						|
static int exact_log2p1(int i)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  int ret;
 | 
						|
  if (!i)
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  for (ret = 1; i >= 1 << 8; ret += 8)
 | 
						|
    i >>= 8;
 | 
						|
  if (i >= 1 << 4)
 | 
						|
    ret += 4, i >>= 4;
 | 
						|
  if (i >= 1 << 2)
 | 
						|
    ret += 2, i >>= 2;
 | 
						|
  if (i >= 1 << 1)
 | 
						|
    ret++;
 | 
						|
  return ret;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
 | 
						|
   extensions are recognized:
 | 
						|
   - aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
 | 
						|
   - packed : force data alignment to 1
 | 
						|
   - section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
 | 
						|
   - unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
 | 
						|
   - regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t, n;
 | 
						|
    CString astr;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
 | 
						|
    next();
 | 
						|
    skip('(');
 | 
						|
    skip('(');
 | 
						|
    while (tok != ')') {
 | 
						|
        if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
 | 
						|
            expect("attribute name");
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        switch(t) {
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SECTION1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SECTION2:
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
	    parse_mult_str(&astr, "section name");
 | 
						|
            ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)astr.data);
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
	    cstr_free(&astr);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ALIAS1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ALIAS2:
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
	    parse_mult_str(&astr, "alias(\"target\")");
 | 
						|
            ad->alias_target = /* save string as token, for later */
 | 
						|
              tok_alloc((char*)astr.data, astr.size-1)->tok;
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
	    cstr_free(&astr);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
	case TOK_VISIBILITY1:
 | 
						|
	case TOK_VISIBILITY2:
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
	    parse_mult_str(&astr,
 | 
						|
			   "visibility(\"default|hidden|internal|protected\")");
 | 
						|
	    if (!strcmp (astr.data, "default"))
 | 
						|
	        ad->a.visibility = STV_DEFAULT;
 | 
						|
	    else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "hidden"))
 | 
						|
	        ad->a.visibility = STV_HIDDEN;
 | 
						|
	    else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "internal"))
 | 
						|
	        ad->a.visibility = STV_INTERNAL;
 | 
						|
	    else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "protected"))
 | 
						|
	        ad->a.visibility = STV_PROTECTED;
 | 
						|
	    else
 | 
						|
                expect("visibility(\"default|hidden|internal|protected\")");
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
	    cstr_free(&astr);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ALIGNED1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ALIGNED2:
 | 
						|
            if (tok == '(') {
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
                n = expr_const();
 | 
						|
                if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0) 
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
 | 
						|
                skip(')');
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                n = MAX_ALIGN;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            ad->a.aligned = exact_log2p1(n);
 | 
						|
	    if (n != 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1))
 | 
						|
	      tcc_error("alignment of %d is larger than implemented", n);
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_PACKED1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_PACKED2:
 | 
						|
            ad->a.packed = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_WEAK1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_WEAK2:
 | 
						|
            ad->a.weak = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UNUSED1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UNUSED2:
 | 
						|
            /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
 | 
						|
               track unused objects */
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_NORETURN1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_NORETURN2:
 | 
						|
            /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
 | 
						|
               track unused objects */
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CDECL1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CDECL2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CDECL3:
 | 
						|
            ad->a.func_call = FUNC_CDECL;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_STDCALL1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_STDCALL2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_STDCALL3:
 | 
						|
            ad->a.func_call = FUNC_STDCALL;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
 | 
						|
        case TOK_REGPARM1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_REGPARM2:
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            n = expr_const();
 | 
						|
            if (n > 3) 
 | 
						|
                n = 3;
 | 
						|
            else if (n < 0)
 | 
						|
                n = 0;
 | 
						|
            if (n > 0)
 | 
						|
                ad->a.func_call = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_FASTCALL1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_FASTCALL2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_FASTCALL3:
 | 
						|
            ad->a.func_call = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
 | 
						|
            break;            
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        case TOK_MODE:
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            switch(tok) {
 | 
						|
                case TOK_MODE_DI:
 | 
						|
                    ad->a.mode = VT_LLONG + 1;
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                case TOK_MODE_QI:
 | 
						|
                    ad->a.mode = VT_BYTE + 1;
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                case TOK_MODE_HI:
 | 
						|
                    ad->a.mode = VT_SHORT + 1;
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                case TOK_MODE_SI:
 | 
						|
                case TOK_MODE_word:
 | 
						|
                    ad->a.mode = VT_INT + 1;
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                default:
 | 
						|
                    tcc_warning("__mode__(%s) not supported\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
 | 
						|
            ad->a.func_export = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_DLLIMPORT:
 | 
						|
            ad->a.func_import = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
            if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
 | 
						|
                tcc_warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
 | 
						|
            /* skip parameters */
 | 
						|
            if (tok == '(') {
 | 
						|
                int parenthesis = 0;
 | 
						|
                do {
 | 
						|
                    if (tok == '(') 
 | 
						|
                        parenthesis++;
 | 
						|
                    else if (tok == ')') 
 | 
						|
                        parenthesis--;
 | 
						|
                    next();
 | 
						|
                } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ',')
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    skip(')');
 | 
						|
    skip(')');
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static Sym * find_field (CType *type, int v)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
    v |= SYM_FIELD;
 | 
						|
    while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
 | 
						|
	if ((s->v & SYM_FIELD) &&
 | 
						|
	    (s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
 | 
						|
	    (s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
 | 
						|
	    Sym *ret = find_field (&s->type, v);
 | 
						|
	    if (ret)
 | 
						|
	        return ret;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
	if (s->v == v)
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void struct_add_offset (Sym *s, int offset)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
 | 
						|
	if ((s->v & SYM_FIELD) &&
 | 
						|
	    (s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
 | 
						|
	    (s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
 | 
						|
	    struct_add_offset(s->type.ref, offset);
 | 
						|
	} else
 | 
						|
	  s->c += offset;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void struct_layout(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int align, maxalign, offset, c, bit_pos, bt, prevbt, prev_bit_size;
 | 
						|
    int pcc = !tcc_state->ms_bitfields;
 | 
						|
    Sym *f;
 | 
						|
    if (ad->a.aligned)
 | 
						|
      maxalign = 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      maxalign = 1;
 | 
						|
    offset = 0;
 | 
						|
    c = 0;
 | 
						|
    bit_pos = 0;
 | 
						|
    prevbt = VT_STRUCT; /* make it never match */
 | 
						|
    prev_bit_size = 0;
 | 
						|
    for (f = type->ref->next; f; f = f->next) {
 | 
						|
	int typealign, bit_size;
 | 
						|
	int size = type_size(&f->type, &typealign);
 | 
						|
	if (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)
 | 
						|
	  bit_size = (f->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
 | 
						|
	else
 | 
						|
	  bit_size = -1;
 | 
						|
	if (bit_size == 0 && pcc) {
 | 
						|
	    /* Zero-width bit-fields in PCC mode aren't affected
 | 
						|
	       by any packing (attribute or pragma).  */
 | 
						|
	    align = typealign;
 | 
						|
	} else if (f->r > 1) {
 | 
						|
	    align = f->r;
 | 
						|
	} else if (ad->a.packed || f->r == 1) {
 | 
						|
	    align = 1;
 | 
						|
	    /* Packed fields or packed records don't let the base type
 | 
						|
	       influence the records type alignment.  */
 | 
						|
	    typealign = 1;
 | 
						|
	} else {
 | 
						|
	    align = typealign;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
	if (type->ref->type.t != TOK_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
	    if (pcc && bit_size >= 0)
 | 
						|
	      size = (bit_size + 7) >> 3;
 | 
						|
	    /* Bit position is already zero from our caller.  */
 | 
						|
	    offset = 0;
 | 
						|
	    if (size > c)
 | 
						|
	      c = size;
 | 
						|
	} else if (bit_size < 0) {
 | 
						|
	    int addbytes = pcc ? (bit_pos + 7) >> 3 : 0;
 | 
						|
	    prevbt = VT_STRUCT;
 | 
						|
	    prev_bit_size = 0;
 | 
						|
	    c = (c + addbytes + align - 1) & -align;
 | 
						|
	    offset = c;
 | 
						|
	    if (size > 0)
 | 
						|
	      c += size;
 | 
						|
	    bit_pos = 0;
 | 
						|
	} else {
 | 
						|
	    /* A bit-field.  Layout is more complicated.  There are two
 | 
						|
	       options TCC implements: PCC compatible and MS compatible
 | 
						|
	       (PCC compatible is what GCC uses for almost all targets).
 | 
						|
	       In PCC layout the overall size of the struct (in c) is
 | 
						|
	       _excluding_ the current run of bit-fields (that is,
 | 
						|
	       there's at least additional bit_pos bits after c).  In
 | 
						|
	       MS layout c does include the current run of bit-fields.
 | 
						|
	       
 | 
						|
	       This matters for calculating the natural alignment buckets
 | 
						|
	       in PCC mode.  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    /* 'align' will be used to influence records alignment,
 | 
						|
	       so it's the max of specified and type alignment, except
 | 
						|
	       in certain cases that depend on the mode.  */
 | 
						|
	    if (align < typealign)
 | 
						|
	      align = typealign;
 | 
						|
	    if (pcc) {
 | 
						|
		/* In PCC layout a non-packed bit-field is placed adjacent
 | 
						|
		   to the preceding bit-fields, except if it would overflow
 | 
						|
		   its container (depending on base type) or it's a zero-width
 | 
						|
		   bit-field.  Packed non-zero-width bit-fields always are
 | 
						|
		   placed adjacent.  */
 | 
						|
		int ofs = (c * 8 + bit_pos) % (typealign * 8);
 | 
						|
		int ofs2 = ofs + bit_size + (typealign * 8) - 1;
 | 
						|
		if (bit_size == 0 ||
 | 
						|
		    ((typealign != 1 || size == 1) &&
 | 
						|
		     (ofs2 / (typealign * 8)) > (size/typealign))) {
 | 
						|
		    c = (c + ((bit_pos + 7) >> 3) + typealign - 1) & -typealign;
 | 
						|
		    bit_pos = 0;
 | 
						|
		} else while (bit_pos + bit_size > size * 8) {
 | 
						|
		    c += size;
 | 
						|
		    bit_pos -= size * 8;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
		offset = c;
 | 
						|
		/* In PCC layout named bit-fields influence the alignment
 | 
						|
		   of the containing struct using the base types alignment,
 | 
						|
		   except for packed fields (which here have correct
 | 
						|
		   align/typealign).  */
 | 
						|
		if ((f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM))
 | 
						|
		  align = 1;
 | 
						|
	    } else {
 | 
						|
		bt = f->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
		if ((bit_pos + bit_size > size * 8) ||
 | 
						|
		    (bit_size > 0) == (bt != prevbt)) {
 | 
						|
		    c = (c + typealign - 1) & -typealign;
 | 
						|
		    offset = c;
 | 
						|
		    bit_pos = 0;
 | 
						|
		    /* In MS bitfield mode a bit-field run always uses
 | 
						|
		       at least as many bits as the underlying type.
 | 
						|
		       To start a new run it's also required that this
 | 
						|
		       or the last bit-field had non-zero width.  */
 | 
						|
		    if (bit_size || prev_bit_size)
 | 
						|
		      c += size;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
		/* In MS layout the records alignment is normally
 | 
						|
		   influenced by the field, except for a zero-width
 | 
						|
		   field at the start of a run (but by further zero-width
 | 
						|
		   fields it is again).  */
 | 
						|
		if (bit_size == 0 && prevbt != bt)
 | 
						|
		  align = 1;
 | 
						|
		prevbt = bt;
 | 
						|
		prev_bit_size = bit_size;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    f->type.t = (f->type.t & ~(0x3f << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT))
 | 
						|
		        | (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT);
 | 
						|
	    bit_pos += bit_size;
 | 
						|
	    if (pcc && bit_pos >= size * 8) {
 | 
						|
		c += size;
 | 
						|
		bit_pos -= size * 8;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
	if (align > maxalign)
 | 
						|
	  maxalign = align;
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
	printf("set field %s offset=%d c=%d",
 | 
						|
	       get_tok_str(f->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL), offset, c);
 | 
						|
	if (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
 | 
						|
	    printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
 | 
						|
		   (f->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
 | 
						|
		   (f->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
	printf("\n");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	if (f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM && (f->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
	    Sym *ass;
 | 
						|
	    /* An anonymous struct/union.  Adjust member offsets
 | 
						|
	       to reflect the real offset of our containing struct.
 | 
						|
	       Also set the offset of this anon member inside
 | 
						|
	       the outer struct to be zero.  Via this it
 | 
						|
	       works when accessing the field offset directly
 | 
						|
	       (from base object), as well as when recursing
 | 
						|
	       members in initializer handling.  */
 | 
						|
	    int v2 = f->type.ref->v;
 | 
						|
	    if (!(v2 & SYM_FIELD) &&
 | 
						|
		(v2 & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
 | 
						|
		Sym **pps;
 | 
						|
		/* This happens only with MS extensions.  The
 | 
						|
		   anon member has a named struct type, so it
 | 
						|
		   potentially is shared with other references.
 | 
						|
		   We need to unshare members so we can modify
 | 
						|
		   them.  */
 | 
						|
		ass = f->type.ref;
 | 
						|
		f->type.ref = sym_push(anon_sym++ | SYM_FIELD,
 | 
						|
				       &f->type.ref->type, 0,
 | 
						|
				       f->type.ref->c);
 | 
						|
		pps = &f->type.ref->next;
 | 
						|
		while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
 | 
						|
		    *pps = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, ass->c);
 | 
						|
		    pps = &((*pps)->next);
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
		*pps = NULL;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    struct_add_offset(f->type.ref, offset);
 | 
						|
	    f->c = 0;
 | 
						|
	} else {
 | 
						|
	    f->c = offset;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	f->r = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* store size and alignment */
 | 
						|
    type->ref->c = (c + (pcc ? (bit_pos + 7) >> 3 : 0)
 | 
						|
		    + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
 | 
						|
    type->ref->r = maxalign;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
 | 
						|
static void struct_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int u)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int a, v, size, align, flexible, alignoverride;
 | 
						|
    long c;
 | 
						|
    int bit_size, bsize, bt;
 | 
						|
    Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
 | 
						|
    AttributeDef ad1;
 | 
						|
    CType type1, btype;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    a = tok; /* save decl type */
 | 
						|
    next();
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
 | 
						|
        parse_attribute(ad);
 | 
						|
    if (tok != '{') {
 | 
						|
        v = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        /* struct already defined ? return it */
 | 
						|
        if (v < TOK_IDENT)
 | 
						|
            expect("struct/union/enum name");
 | 
						|
        s = struct_find(v);
 | 
						|
        if (s && (s->scope == local_scope || (tok != '{' && tok != ';'))) {
 | 
						|
            if (s->type.t != a)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("redefinition of '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
            goto do_decl;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        v = anon_sym++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* Record the original enum/struct/union token.  */
 | 
						|
    type1.t = a;
 | 
						|
    type1.ref = NULL;
 | 
						|
    /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
 | 
						|
    s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
 | 
						|
    s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
 | 
						|
    /* put struct/union/enum name in type */
 | 
						|
 do_decl:
 | 
						|
    type->t = u;
 | 
						|
    type->ref = s;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        if (s->c != -1)
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("struct/union/enum already defined");
 | 
						|
        /* cannot be empty */
 | 
						|
        c = 0;
 | 
						|
        /* non empty enums are not allowed */
 | 
						|
        if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
 | 
						|
	    int seen_neg = 0;
 | 
						|
	    int seen_wide = 0;
 | 
						|
            for(;;) {
 | 
						|
		CType *t = &int_type;
 | 
						|
                v = tok;
 | 
						|
                if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
                    expect("identifier");
 | 
						|
                ss = sym_find(v);
 | 
						|
                if (ss && !local_stack)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("redefinition of enumerator '%s'",
 | 
						|
                              get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
                if (tok == '=') {
 | 
						|
                    next();
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
		    c = expr_const64();
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
		    /* We really want to support long long enums
 | 
						|
		       on i386 as well, but the Sym structure only
 | 
						|
		       holds a 'long' for associated constants,
 | 
						|
		       and enlarging it would bump its size (no
 | 
						|
		       available padding).  So punt for now.  */
 | 
						|
                    c = expr_const();
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
		if (c < 0)
 | 
						|
		    seen_neg = 1;
 | 
						|
		if (c != (int)c && (unsigned long)c != (unsigned int)c)
 | 
						|
		    seen_wide = 1, t = &size_type;
 | 
						|
                /* enum symbols have static storage */
 | 
						|
                ss = sym_push(v, t, VT_CONST, c);
 | 
						|
                ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
 | 
						|
                if (tok != ',')
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
                c++;
 | 
						|
                /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
 | 
						|
                if (tok == '}')
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
	    if (!seen_neg)
 | 
						|
	        s->a.unsigned_enum = 1;
 | 
						|
            s->c = type_size(seen_wide ? &size_type : &int_type, &align);
 | 
						|
            skip('}');
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            ps = &s->next;
 | 
						|
            flexible = 0;
 | 
						|
            while (tok != '}') {
 | 
						|
                if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad1)) {
 | 
						|
		    skip(';');
 | 
						|
		    continue;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
                while (1) {
 | 
						|
		    if (flexible)
 | 
						|
		        tcc_error("flexible array member '%s' not at the end of struct",
 | 
						|
                              get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                    bit_size = -1;
 | 
						|
                    v = 0;
 | 
						|
                    type1 = btype;
 | 
						|
                    if (tok != ':') {
 | 
						|
                        type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
 | 
						|
                        if (v == 0) {
 | 
						|
                    	    if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
 | 
						|
                        	expect("identifier");
 | 
						|
                    	    else {
 | 
						|
				int v = btype.ref->v;
 | 
						|
				if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
 | 
						|
				    if (tcc_state->ms_extensions == 0)
 | 
						|
                        		expect("identifier");
 | 
						|
				}
 | 
						|
                    	    }
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                        if (type_size(&type1, &align) < 0) {
 | 
						|
			    if ((a == TOK_STRUCT) && (type1.t & VT_ARRAY) && c)
 | 
						|
			        flexible = 1;
 | 
						|
			    else
 | 
						|
			        tcc_error("field '%s' has incomplete type",
 | 
						|
                                      get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                        if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
 | 
						|
                            (type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("invalid type for '%s'", 
 | 
						|
                                  get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    if (tok == ':') {
 | 
						|
                        next();
 | 
						|
                        bit_size = expr_const();
 | 
						|
                        /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
 | 
						|
                        if (bit_size < 0)
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("negative width in bit-field '%s'", 
 | 
						|
                                  get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                        if (v && bit_size == 0)
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("zero width for bit-field '%s'", 
 | 
						|
                                  get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
			if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
 | 
						|
			    parse_attribute(&ad1);
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    size = type_size(&type1, &align);
 | 
						|
		    /* Only remember non-default alignment.  */
 | 
						|
		    alignoverride = 0;
 | 
						|
                    if (ad1.a.aligned) {
 | 
						|
			int speca = 1 << (ad1.a.aligned - 1);
 | 
						|
			alignoverride = speca;
 | 
						|
                    } else if (ad1.a.packed || ad->a.packed) {
 | 
						|
                        alignoverride = 1;
 | 
						|
                    } else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
 | 
						|
                        if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
 | 
						|
                            alignoverride = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    if (bit_size >= 0) {
 | 
						|
                        bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
                        if (bt != VT_INT && 
 | 
						|
                            bt != VT_BYTE && 
 | 
						|
                            bt != VT_SHORT &&
 | 
						|
                            bt != VT_BOOL &&
 | 
						|
                            bt != VT_ENUM &&
 | 
						|
                            bt != VT_LLONG)
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("bitfields must have scalar type");
 | 
						|
                        bsize = size * 8;
 | 
						|
                        if (bit_size > bsize) {
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
 | 
						|
                                  get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                        } else if (bit_size == bsize) {
 | 
						|
                            /* no need for bit fields */
 | 
						|
                            ;
 | 
						|
                        } else {
 | 
						|
                            type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD | 
 | 
						|
                                (0 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
 | 
						|
                                (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
                        /* Remember we've seen a real field to check
 | 
						|
			   for placement of flexible array member. */
 | 
						|
			c = 1;
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
		    /* If member is a struct or bit-field, enforce
 | 
						|
		       placing into the struct (as anonymous).  */
 | 
						|
                    if (v == 0 &&
 | 
						|
			((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT ||
 | 
						|
			 bit_size >= 0)) {
 | 
						|
		        v = anon_sym++;
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
                    if (v) {
 | 
						|
                        ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, alignoverride, 0);
 | 
						|
                        *ps = ss;
 | 
						|
                        ps = &ss->next;
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
 | 
						|
                        break;
 | 
						|
                    skip(',');
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                skip(';');
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            skip('}');
 | 
						|
	    if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
 | 
						|
	        parse_attribute(ad);
 | 
						|
	    struct_layout(type, ad);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return 1 if basic type is a type size (short, long, long long) */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int is_btype_size(int bt)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return bt == VT_SHORT || bt == VT_LONG || bt == VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Add type qualifiers to a type. If the type is an array then the qualifiers
 | 
						|
   are added to the element type, copied because it could be a typedef. */
 | 
						|
static void parse_btype_qualify(CType *type, int qualifiers)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    while (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
 | 
						|
        type->ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type->ref->type, 0, type->ref->c);
 | 
						|
        type = &type->ref->type;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    type->t |= qualifiers;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
 | 
						|
   and skip it. 
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t, u, bt_size, complete, type_found, typespec_found, g;
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
    CType type1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
 | 
						|
    complete = 0;
 | 
						|
    type_found = 0;
 | 
						|
    typespec_found = 0;
 | 
						|
    t = 0;
 | 
						|
    while(1) {
 | 
						|
        switch(tok) {
 | 
						|
        case TOK_EXTENSION:
 | 
						|
            /* currently, we really ignore extension */
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* basic types */
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CHAR:
 | 
						|
            u = VT_BYTE;
 | 
						|
        basic_type:
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        basic_type1:
 | 
						|
            if (complete)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("too many basic types");
 | 
						|
            t |= u;
 | 
						|
            bt_size = is_btype_size (u & VT_BTYPE);
 | 
						|
            if (u == VT_INT || (!bt_size && !(t & VT_TYPEDEF)))
 | 
						|
                complete = 1;
 | 
						|
            typespec_found = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_VOID:
 | 
						|
            u = VT_VOID;
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SHORT:
 | 
						|
            u = VT_SHORT;
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_INT:
 | 
						|
            u = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_LONG:
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
                t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
 | 
						|
                t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                u = VT_LONG;
 | 
						|
                goto basic_type1;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UINT128:
 | 
						|
            /* GCC's __uint128_t appears in some Linux header files. Make it a
 | 
						|
               synonym for long double to get the size and alignment right. */
 | 
						|
            u = VT_LDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        case TOK_BOOL:
 | 
						|
            u = VT_BOOL;
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_FLOAT:
 | 
						|
            u = VT_FLOAT;
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_DOUBLE:
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
                t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
                t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                u = VT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
                goto basic_type1;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ENUM:
 | 
						|
            struct_decl(&type1, ad, VT_ENUM);
 | 
						|
        basic_type2:
 | 
						|
            u = type1.t;
 | 
						|
            type->ref = type1.ref;
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type1;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_STRUCT:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UNION:
 | 
						|
            struct_decl(&type1, ad, VT_STRUCT);
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* type modifiers */
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CONST1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CONST2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CONST3:
 | 
						|
            type->t = t;
 | 
						|
            parse_btype_qualify(type, VT_CONSTANT);
 | 
						|
            t = type->t;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_VOLATILE1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_VOLATILE2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_VOLATILE3:
 | 
						|
            type->t = t;
 | 
						|
            parse_btype_qualify(type, VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
            t = type->t;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SIGNED1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SIGNED2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_SIGNED3:
 | 
						|
            if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("signed and unsigned modifier");
 | 
						|
            typespec_found = 1;
 | 
						|
            t |= VT_DEFSIGN;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_REGISTER:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_AUTO:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_RESTRICT1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_RESTRICT2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_RESTRICT3:
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_UNSIGNED:
 | 
						|
            if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED)) == VT_DEFSIGN)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("signed and unsigned modifier");
 | 
						|
            t |= VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            typespec_found = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* storage */
 | 
						|
        case TOK_EXTERN:
 | 
						|
            g = VT_EXTERN;
 | 
						|
            goto storage;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_STATIC:
 | 
						|
            g = VT_STATIC;
 | 
						|
            goto storage;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_TYPEDEF:
 | 
						|
            g = VT_TYPEDEF;
 | 
						|
            goto storage;
 | 
						|
       storage:
 | 
						|
            if (t & (VT_EXTERN|VT_STATIC|VT_TYPEDEF) & ~g)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("multiple storage classes");
 | 
						|
            t |= g;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_INLINE1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_INLINE2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_INLINE3:
 | 
						|
            t |= VT_INLINE;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* GNUC attribute */
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
 | 
						|
            parse_attribute(ad);
 | 
						|
            if (ad->a.mode) {
 | 
						|
                u = ad->a.mode -1;
 | 
						|
                t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | u;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
            /* GNUC typeof */
 | 
						|
        case TOK_TYPEOF1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_TYPEOF2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_TYPEOF3:
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            parse_expr_type(&type1);
 | 
						|
            /* remove all storage modifiers except typedef */
 | 
						|
            type1.t &= ~(VT_STORAGE&~VT_TYPEDEF);
 | 
						|
            goto basic_type2;
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
            if (typespec_found)
 | 
						|
                goto the_end;
 | 
						|
            s = sym_find(tok);
 | 
						|
            if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
 | 
						|
                goto the_end;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            type->t = ((s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF) |
 | 
						|
                       (t & ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE)));
 | 
						|
            type->ref = s->type.ref;
 | 
						|
            if (t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE))
 | 
						|
                parse_btype_qualify(type, t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE));
 | 
						|
            t = type->t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (s->r) {
 | 
						|
                /* get attributes from typedef */
 | 
						|
                if (0 == ad->a.aligned)
 | 
						|
                    ad->a.aligned = s->a.aligned;
 | 
						|
                if (0 == ad->a.func_call)
 | 
						|
                    ad->a.func_call = s->a.func_call;
 | 
						|
                ad->a.packed |= s->a.packed;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            typespec_found = 1;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        type_found = 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
the_end:
 | 
						|
    if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
 | 
						|
        if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
 | 
						|
            t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* long is never used as type */
 | 
						|
    if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
 | 
						|
#if (!defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64 && !defined TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || \
 | 
						|
    defined TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
        t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
        t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    type->t = t;
 | 
						|
    return type_found;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
 | 
						|
   function pointer) */
 | 
						|
static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
 | 
						|
       to indicate a const function parameter */
 | 
						|
    pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
    /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
 | 
						|
    pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
 | 
						|
    if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
        mk_pointer(pt);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void parse_asm_str(CString *astr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    skip('(');
 | 
						|
    parse_mult_str(astr, "string constant");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Parse an asm label and return the token */
 | 
						|
static int asm_label_instr(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int v;
 | 
						|
    CString astr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    next();
 | 
						|
    parse_asm_str(&astr);
 | 
						|
    skip(')');
 | 
						|
#ifdef ASM_DEBUG
 | 
						|
    printf("asm_alias: \"%s\"\n", (char *)astr.data);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    v = tok_alloc(astr.data, astr.size - 1)->tok;
 | 
						|
    cstr_free(&astr);
 | 
						|
    return v;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int storage)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
 | 
						|
    Sym **plast, *s, *first;
 | 
						|
    AttributeDef ad1;
 | 
						|
    CType pt;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (tok == '(') {
 | 
						|
        /* function declaration */
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        l = 0;
 | 
						|
        first = NULL;
 | 
						|
        plast = &first;
 | 
						|
        arg_size = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ')') {
 | 
						|
            for(;;) {
 | 
						|
                /* read param name and compute offset */
 | 
						|
                if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
 | 
						|
                    if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
 | 
						|
                        if (l) {
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("invalid type");
 | 
						|
                        } else {
 | 
						|
                            l = FUNC_OLD;
 | 
						|
                            goto old_proto;
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    l = FUNC_NEW;
 | 
						|
                    if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
 | 
						|
                        break;
 | 
						|
                    type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
 | 
						|
                    if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
 | 
						|
                        tcc_error("parameter declared as void");
 | 
						|
                    arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + PTR_SIZE - 1) / PTR_SIZE;
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                old_proto:
 | 
						|
                    n = tok;
 | 
						|
                    if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
                        expect("identifier");
 | 
						|
                    pt.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
                    next();
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                convert_parameter_type(&pt);
 | 
						|
                s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
                *plast = s;
 | 
						|
                plast = &s->next;
 | 
						|
                if (tok == ')')
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                skip(',');
 | 
						|
                if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
 | 
						|
                    l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
 | 
						|
                    next();
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
 | 
						|
        if (l == 0)
 | 
						|
            l = FUNC_OLD;
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
        /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
 | 
						|
           meaning in gcc / C++ */
 | 
						|
        type->t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; 
 | 
						|
        /* some ancient pre-K&R C allows a function to return an array
 | 
						|
           and the array brackets to be put after the arguments, such 
 | 
						|
           that "int c()[]" means something like "int[] c()" */
 | 
						|
        if (tok == '[') {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip(']'); /* only handle simple "[]" */
 | 
						|
            type->t |= VT_PTR;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
 | 
						|
        ad->a.func_args = arg_size;
 | 
						|
        s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, l);
 | 
						|
        s->a = ad->a;
 | 
						|
        s->next = first;
 | 
						|
        type->t = VT_FUNC;
 | 
						|
        type->ref = s;
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == '[') {
 | 
						|
	int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        /* array definition */
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        if (tok == TOK_RESTRICT1)
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        n = -1;
 | 
						|
        t1 = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ']') {
 | 
						|
            if (!local_stack || (storage & VT_STATIC))
 | 
						|
                vpushi(expr_const());
 | 
						|
            else {
 | 
						|
		/* VLAs (which can only happen with local_stack && !VT_STATIC)
 | 
						|
		   length must always be evaluated, even under nocode_wanted,
 | 
						|
		   so that its size slot is initialized (e.g. under sizeof
 | 
						|
		   or typeof).  */
 | 
						|
		nocode_wanted = 0;
 | 
						|
		gexpr();
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
                n = vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
                if (n < 0)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("invalid array size");
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                if (!is_integer_btype(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("size of variable length array should be an integer");
 | 
						|
                t1 = VT_VLA;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        skip(']');
 | 
						|
        /* parse next post type */
 | 
						|
        post_type(type, ad, storage);
 | 
						|
        if (type->t == VT_FUNC)
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("declaration of an array of functions");
 | 
						|
        t1 |= type->t & VT_VLA;
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        if (t1 & VT_VLA) {
 | 
						|
            loc -= type_size(&int_type, &align);
 | 
						|
            loc &= -align;
 | 
						|
            n = loc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            vla_runtime_type_size(type, &align);
 | 
						|
            gen_op('*');
 | 
						|
            vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, n);
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            vstore();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (n != -1)
 | 
						|
            vpop();
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
                
 | 
						|
        /* we push an anonymous symbol which will contain the array
 | 
						|
           element type */
 | 
						|
        s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
 | 
						|
        type->t = (t1 ? VT_VLA : VT_ARRAY) | VT_PTR;
 | 
						|
        type->ref = s;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
 | 
						|
   in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
 | 
						|
   expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
 | 
						|
   attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
 | 
						|
   type_decl(). 
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
    CType type1, *type2;
 | 
						|
    int qualifiers, storage;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while (tok == '*') {
 | 
						|
        qualifiers = 0;
 | 
						|
    redo:
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        switch(tok) {
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CONST1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CONST2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_CONST3:
 | 
						|
            qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
 | 
						|
            goto redo;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_VOLATILE1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_VOLATILE2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_VOLATILE3:
 | 
						|
            qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
 | 
						|
            goto redo;
 | 
						|
        case TOK_RESTRICT1:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_RESTRICT2:
 | 
						|
        case TOK_RESTRICT3:
 | 
						|
            goto redo;
 | 
						|
	/* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
 | 
						|
	case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
 | 
						|
	case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
 | 
						|
	    parse_attribute(ad);
 | 
						|
	    break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        mk_pointer(type);
 | 
						|
        type->t |= qualifiers;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    /* recursive type */
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
 | 
						|
    type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
 | 
						|
    if (tok == '(') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
 | 
						|
           the syntax is not clear */
 | 
						|
        if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
 | 
						|
            parse_attribute(ad);
 | 
						|
        type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        /* type identifier */
 | 
						|
        if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
 | 
						|
            *v = tok;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
 | 
						|
                expect("identifier");
 | 
						|
            *v = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    storage = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
 | 
						|
    type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
 | 
						|
    post_type(type, ad, storage);
 | 
						|
    type->t |= storage;
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
 | 
						|
        parse_attribute(ad);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (!type1.t)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    /* append type at the end of type1 */
 | 
						|
    type2 = &type1;
 | 
						|
    for(;;) {
 | 
						|
        s = type2->ref;
 | 
						|
        type2 = &s->type;
 | 
						|
        if (!type2->t) {
 | 
						|
            *type2 = *type;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    *type = type1;
 | 
						|
    type->t |= storage;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int lvalue_type(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int bt, r;
 | 
						|
    r = VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
    bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
    if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
 | 
						|
        r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
 | 
						|
    else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
 | 
						|
        r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
        return r;
 | 
						|
    if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
 | 
						|
        r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
    return r;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void indir(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
 | 
						|
            return;
 | 
						|
        expect("pointer");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
 | 
						|
        gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
    vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
    /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
 | 
						|
    if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_VLA)
 | 
						|
        && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
        vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
 | 
						|
        /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
        if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
 | 
						|
            vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
 | 
						|
static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int func_type;
 | 
						|
    CType type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    func_type = func->c;
 | 
						|
    if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
 | 
						|
        (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
 | 
						|
        /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
 | 
						|
            type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
            gen_cast(&type);
 | 
						|
        } else if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
 | 
						|
            type.t = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
	    type.ref = vtop->type.ref;
 | 
						|
            gen_cast(&type);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else if (arg == NULL) {
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("too many arguments to function");
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        type = arg->type;
 | 
						|
        type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
 | 
						|
        gen_assign_cast(&type);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
 | 
						|
   type */
 | 
						|
static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int n;
 | 
						|
    AttributeDef ad;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    skip('(');
 | 
						|
    if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
 | 
						|
        type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        expr_type(type);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    skip(')');
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void parse_type(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    AttributeDef ad;
 | 
						|
    int n;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
 | 
						|
        expect("type");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void vpush_tokc(int t)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    CType type;
 | 
						|
    type.t = t;
 | 
						|
    type.ref = 0;
 | 
						|
    vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void unary(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int n, t, align, size, r, sizeof_caller;
 | 
						|
    CType type;
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
    AttributeDef ad;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    sizeof_caller = in_sizeof;
 | 
						|
    in_sizeof = 0;
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
 | 
						|
       better here */
 | 
						|
 tok_next:
 | 
						|
    switch(tok) {
 | 
						|
    case TOK_EXTENSION:
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        goto tok_next;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CINT:
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CCHAR: 
 | 
						|
    case TOK_LCHAR:
 | 
						|
        vpushi(tokc.i);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CUINT:
 | 
						|
        vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CLLONG:
 | 
						|
        vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CULLONG:
 | 
						|
        vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CFLOAT:
 | 
						|
        vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CDOUBLE:
 | 
						|
        vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
 | 
						|
        vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK___FUNCTION__:
 | 
						|
        if (!gnu_ext)
 | 
						|
            goto tok_identifier;
 | 
						|
        /* fall thru */
 | 
						|
    case TOK___FUNC__:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            void *ptr;
 | 
						|
            int len;
 | 
						|
            /* special function name identifier */
 | 
						|
            len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
 | 
						|
            /* generate char[len] type */
 | 
						|
            type.t = VT_BYTE;
 | 
						|
            mk_pointer(&type);
 | 
						|
            type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
 | 
						|
            type.ref->c = len;
 | 
						|
            vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
 | 
						|
            ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
 | 
						|
            memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_LSTR:
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
        t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
        t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        goto str_init;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_STR:
 | 
						|
        /* string parsing */
 | 
						|
        t = VT_BYTE;
 | 
						|
    str_init:
 | 
						|
        if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
 | 
						|
            t |= VT_CONSTANT;
 | 
						|
        type.t = t;
 | 
						|
        mk_pointer(&type);
 | 
						|
        type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
 | 
						|
        memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
 | 
						|
        decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '(':
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        /* cast ? */
 | 
						|
        if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
 | 
						|
            type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
 | 
						|
            if (tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
                    /* data is allocated locally by default */
 | 
						|
                if (global_expr)
 | 
						|
                    r = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    r = VT_LOCAL;
 | 
						|
                /* all except arrays are lvalues */
 | 
						|
                if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
 | 
						|
                    r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
 | 
						|
                memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
 | 
						|
                decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                if (sizeof_caller) {
 | 
						|
                    vpush(&type);
 | 
						|
                    return;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                unary();
 | 
						|
                gen_cast(&type);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else if (tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
	    int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
            if (const_wanted)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("expected constant");
 | 
						|
            /* save all registers */
 | 
						|
            save_regs(0);
 | 
						|
            /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
 | 
						|
               inside as GCC does.  We do retain the nocode_wanted state,
 | 
						|
	       as statement expressions can't ever be entered from the
 | 
						|
	       outside, so any reactivation of code emission (from labels
 | 
						|
	       or loop heads) can be disabled again after the end of it. */
 | 
						|
            block(NULL, NULL, 1);
 | 
						|
	    nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            gexpr();
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '*':
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        indir();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '&':
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
 | 
						|
           except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
 | 
						|
           functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
 | 
						|
           there and in function calls. */
 | 
						|
        /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
 | 
						|
            !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
 | 
						|
            test_lvalue();
 | 
						|
        mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
        gaddrof();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '!':
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
            CType boolean;
 | 
						|
            boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
 | 
						|
            gen_cast(&boolean);
 | 
						|
            vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
        } else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
 | 
						|
            vtop->c.i ^= 1;
 | 
						|
        else {
 | 
						|
            save_regs(1);
 | 
						|
            vseti(VT_JMP, gvtst(1, 0));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '~':
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        vpushi(-1);
 | 
						|
        gen_op('^');
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '+':
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
 | 
						|
        /* In order to force cast, we add zero, except for floating point
 | 
						|
	   where we really need an noop (otherwise -0.0 will be transformed
 | 
						|
	   into +0.0).  */
 | 
						|
	if (!is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
 | 
						|
	    vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
	    gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_SIZEOF:
 | 
						|
    case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
 | 
						|
    case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        in_sizeof++;
 | 
						|
        unary_type(&type); // Perform a in_sizeof = 0;
 | 
						|
        size = type_size(&type, &align);
 | 
						|
        if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
 | 
						|
            if (!(type.t & VT_VLA)) {
 | 
						|
                if (size < 0)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
 | 
						|
                vpushs(size);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                vla_runtime_type_size(&type, &align);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            vpushs(align);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_expect:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            /* __builtin_expect is a no-op for now */
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            expr_eq();
 | 
						|
            skip(',');
 | 
						|
            expr_eq();
 | 
						|
            vpop();
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            CType type1, type2;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            parse_type(&type1);
 | 
						|
            skip(',');
 | 
						|
            parse_type(&type2);
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
            type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
            vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_choose_expr:
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	    int64_t c;
 | 
						|
	    next();
 | 
						|
	    skip('(');
 | 
						|
	    c = expr_const64();
 | 
						|
	    skip(',');
 | 
						|
	    if (!c) {
 | 
						|
		nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    expr_eq();
 | 
						|
	    if (!c) {
 | 
						|
		vpop();
 | 
						|
		nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    skip(',');
 | 
						|
	    if (c) {
 | 
						|
		nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    expr_eq();
 | 
						|
	    if (c) {
 | 
						|
		vpop();
 | 
						|
		nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    skip(')');
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            int res;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
            expr_eq();
 | 
						|
            res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
            vpop();
 | 
						|
            nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            vpushi(res);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_frame_address:
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_return_address:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            int tok1 = tok;
 | 
						|
            int level;
 | 
						|
            CType type;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("%s only takes positive integers",
 | 
						|
                          tok1 == TOK_builtin_return_address ?
 | 
						|
                          "__builtin_return_address" :
 | 
						|
                          "__builtin_frame_address");
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            level = (uint32_t)tokc.i;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            type.t = VT_VOID;
 | 
						|
            mk_pointer(&type);
 | 
						|
            vset(&type, VT_LOCAL, 0);       /* local frame */
 | 
						|
            while (level--) {
 | 
						|
                mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
                indir();                    /* -> parent frame */
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (tok1 == TOK_builtin_return_address) {
 | 
						|
                // assume return address is just above frame pointer on stack
 | 
						|
                vpushi(PTR_SIZE);
 | 
						|
                gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
                mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
                indir();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_va_start:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            expr_eq();
 | 
						|
            skip(',');
 | 
						|
            expr_eq();
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) != VT_LOCAL)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("__builtin_va_start expects a local variable");
 | 
						|
            vtop->r &= ~(VT_LVAL | VT_REF);
 | 
						|
            vtop->type = char_pointer_type;
 | 
						|
            vtop->c.i += 8;
 | 
						|
            vstore();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    case TOK_builtin_va_arg_types:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
            CType type;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            skip('(');
 | 
						|
            parse_type(&type);
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            vpushi(classify_x86_64_va_arg(&type));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
    case TOK___va_start: {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        skip(',');
 | 
						|
        expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
        //xx check types
 | 
						|
        gen_va_start();
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case TOK___va_arg: {
 | 
						|
        CType type;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        skip(',');
 | 
						|
        parse_type(&type);
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
        //xx check types
 | 
						|
        gen_va_arg(&type);
 | 
						|
        vtop->type = type;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case TOK___arm64_clear_cache: {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        skip(',');
 | 
						|
        expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
        gen_clear_cache();
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    /* pre operations */
 | 
						|
    case TOK_INC:
 | 
						|
    case TOK_DEC:
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        inc(0, t);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case '-':
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        t = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
	if (is_float(t)) {
 | 
						|
            /* In IEEE negate(x) isn't subtract(0,x), but rather
 | 
						|
	       subtract(-0, x).  */
 | 
						|
	    vpush(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
	    if (t == VT_FLOAT)
 | 
						|
	        vtop->c.f = -1.0 * 0.0;
 | 
						|
	    else if (t == VT_DOUBLE)
 | 
						|
	        vtop->c.d = -1.0 * 0.0;
 | 
						|
	    else
 | 
						|
	        vtop->c.ld = -1.0 * 0.0;
 | 
						|
	} else
 | 
						|
	    vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
	vswap();
 | 
						|
	gen_op('-');
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK_LAND:
 | 
						|
        if (!gnu_ext)
 | 
						|
            goto tok_identifier;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        /* allow to take the address of a label */
 | 
						|
        if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
            expect("label identifier");
 | 
						|
        s = label_find(tok);
 | 
						|
        if (!s) {
 | 
						|
            s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
 | 
						|
                s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (!s->type.t) {
 | 
						|
            s->type.t = VT_VOID;
 | 
						|
            mk_pointer(&s->type);
 | 
						|
            s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vpushsym(&s->type, s);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // special qnan , snan and infinity values
 | 
						|
    case TOK___NAN__:
 | 
						|
        vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff8000000000000ULL);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK___SNAN__:
 | 
						|
        vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff0000000000001ULL);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case TOK___INF__:
 | 
						|
        vpush64(VT_DOUBLE, 0x7ff0000000000000ULL);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    tok_identifier:
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
            expect("identifier");
 | 
						|
        s = sym_find(t);
 | 
						|
        if (!s) {
 | 
						|
            const char *name = get_tok_str(t, NULL);
 | 
						|
            if (tok != '(')
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("'%s' undeclared", name);
 | 
						|
            /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
 | 
						|
               external reference to int() function */
 | 
						|
            if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
                /* people must be warned about using undeclared WINAPI functions
 | 
						|
                   (which usually start with uppercase letter) */
 | 
						|
                || (name[0] >= 'A' && name[0] <= 'Z')
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            )
 | 
						|
                tcc_warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'", name);
 | 
						|
            s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0); 
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        r = s->r;
 | 
						|
        /* A symbol that has a register is a local register variable,
 | 
						|
           which starts out as VT_LOCAL value.  */
 | 
						|
        if ((r & VT_VALMASK) < VT_CONST)
 | 
						|
            r = (r & ~VT_VALMASK) | VT_LOCAL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
 | 
						|
        /* Point to s as backpointer (even without r&VT_SYM).
 | 
						|
	   Will be used by at least the x86 inline asm parser for
 | 
						|
	   regvars.  */
 | 
						|
	vtop->sym = s;
 | 
						|
        if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
 | 
						|
            vtop->c.i = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    /* post operations */
 | 
						|
    while (1) {
 | 
						|
        if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
 | 
						|
            inc(1, tok);
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW || tok == TOK_CDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
            int qualifiers;
 | 
						|
            /* field */ 
 | 
						|
            if (tok == TOK_ARROW) 
 | 
						|
                indir();
 | 
						|
            qualifiers = vtop->type.t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
 | 
						|
            test_lvalue();
 | 
						|
            gaddrof();
 | 
						|
            /* expect pointer on structure */
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
 | 
						|
                expect("struct or union");
 | 
						|
            if (tok == TOK_CDOUBLE)
 | 
						|
                expect("field name");
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
 | 
						|
                expect("field name");
 | 
						|
	    s = find_field(&vtop->type, tok);
 | 
						|
            if (!s)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("field not found: %s",  get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, &tokc));
 | 
						|
            /* add field offset to pointer */
 | 
						|
            vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
 | 
						|
            vpushi(s->c);
 | 
						|
            gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
            /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
 | 
						|
            vtop->type = s->type;
 | 
						|
            vtop->type.t |= qualifiers;
 | 
						|
            /* an array is never an lvalue */
 | 
						|
            if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
 | 
						|
                vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
                /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
 | 
						|
                if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && (vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) != VT_LOCAL)
 | 
						|
                    vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        } else if (tok == '[') {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            gexpr();
 | 
						|
            gen_op('+');
 | 
						|
            indir();
 | 
						|
            skip(']');
 | 
						|
        } else if (tok == '(') {
 | 
						|
            SValue ret;
 | 
						|
            Sym *sa;
 | 
						|
            int nb_args, ret_nregs, ret_align, regsize, variadic;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* function call  */
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
                /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
 | 
						|
                if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
                    vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
                    if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
 | 
						|
                        goto error_func;
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                error_func:
 | 
						|
                    expect("function pointer");
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* get return type */
 | 
						|
            s = vtop->type.ref;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
 | 
						|
            nb_args = regsize = 0;
 | 
						|
            ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
            /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
 | 
						|
            if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
                variadic = (s->c == FUNC_ELLIPSIS);
 | 
						|
                ret_nregs = gfunc_sret(&s->type, variadic, &ret.type,
 | 
						|
                                       &ret_align, ®size);
 | 
						|
                if (!ret_nregs) {
 | 
						|
                    /* get some space for the returned structure */
 | 
						|
                    size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
                /* On arm64, a small struct is return in registers.
 | 
						|
                   It is much easier to write it to memory if we know
 | 
						|
                   that we are allowed to write some extra bytes, so
 | 
						|
                   round the allocated space up to a power of 2: */
 | 
						|
                if (size < 16)
 | 
						|
                    while (size & (size - 1))
 | 
						|
                        size = (size | (size - 1)) + 1;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                    loc = (loc - size) & -align;
 | 
						|
                    ret.type = s->type;
 | 
						|
                    ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
 | 
						|
                    /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
 | 
						|
                       problems */
 | 
						|
                    vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
 | 
						|
                    ret.c = vtop->c;
 | 
						|
                    nb_args++;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                ret_nregs = 1;
 | 
						|
                ret.type = s->type;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (ret_nregs) {
 | 
						|
                /* return in register */
 | 
						|
                if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
 | 
						|
                    ret.r = reg_fret(ret.type.t);
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
                    if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT)
 | 
						|
                      ret.r2 = REG_QRET;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
                    if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QLONG)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
                    if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                        ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
                    ret.r = REG_IRET;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                ret.c.i = 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (tok != ')') {
 | 
						|
                for(;;) {
 | 
						|
                    expr_eq();
 | 
						|
                    gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
 | 
						|
                    nb_args++;
 | 
						|
                    if (sa)
 | 
						|
                        sa = sa->next;
 | 
						|
                    if (tok == ')')
 | 
						|
                        break;
 | 
						|
                    skip(',');
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (sa)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("too few arguments to function");
 | 
						|
            skip(')');
 | 
						|
            gfunc_call(nb_args);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* return value */
 | 
						|
            for (r = ret.r + ret_nregs + !ret_nregs; r-- > ret.r;) {
 | 
						|
                vsetc(&ret.type, r, &ret.c);
 | 
						|
                vtop->r2 = ret.r2; /* Loop only happens when r2 is VT_CONST */
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* handle packed struct return */
 | 
						|
            if (((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) && ret_nregs) {
 | 
						|
                int addr, offset;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
 | 
						|
		/* We're writing whole regs often, make sure there's enough
 | 
						|
		   space.  Assume register size is power of 2.  */
 | 
						|
		if (regsize > align)
 | 
						|
		  align = regsize;
 | 
						|
                loc = (loc - size) & -align;
 | 
						|
                addr = loc;
 | 
						|
                offset = 0;
 | 
						|
                for (;;) {
 | 
						|
                    vset(&ret.type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr + offset);
 | 
						|
                    vswap();
 | 
						|
                    vstore();
 | 
						|
                    vtop--;
 | 
						|
                    if (--ret_nregs == 0)
 | 
						|
                        break;
 | 
						|
                    offset += regsize;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                vset(&s->type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void expr_prod(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unary();
 | 
						|
    while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        unary();
 | 
						|
        gen_op(t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void expr_sum(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    expr_prod();
 | 
						|
    while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        expr_prod();
 | 
						|
        gen_op(t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_shift(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    expr_sum();
 | 
						|
    while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        expr_sum();
 | 
						|
        gen_op(t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_cmp(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    expr_shift();
 | 
						|
    while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
 | 
						|
           tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        expr_shift();
 | 
						|
        gen_op(t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_cmpeq(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    expr_cmp();
 | 
						|
    while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        expr_cmp();
 | 
						|
        gen_op(t);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_and(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    expr_cmpeq();
 | 
						|
    while (tok == '&') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        expr_cmpeq();
 | 
						|
        gen_op('&');
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_xor(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    expr_and();
 | 
						|
    while (tok == '^') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        expr_and();
 | 
						|
        gen_op('^');
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_or(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    expr_xor();
 | 
						|
    while (tok == '|') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        expr_xor();
 | 
						|
        gen_op('|');
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_land(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    expr_or();
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
 | 
						|
	int t = 0;
 | 
						|
	for(;;) {
 | 
						|
	    if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
		CType ctb;
 | 
						|
		ctb.t = VT_BOOL;
 | 
						|
		gen_cast(&ctb);
 | 
						|
		if (vtop->c.i) {
 | 
						|
		    vpop();
 | 
						|
		} else {
 | 
						|
		    nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
		    while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
 | 
						|
			next();
 | 
						|
			expr_or();
 | 
						|
			vpop();
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		    nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
		    if (t)
 | 
						|
		      gsym(t);
 | 
						|
		    gen_cast(&int_type);
 | 
						|
		    break;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    } else {
 | 
						|
		if (!t)
 | 
						|
		  save_regs(1);
 | 
						|
		t = gvtst(1, t);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
 | 
						|
		if (t)
 | 
						|
		  vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
 | 
						|
		else
 | 
						|
		  vpushi(1);
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    next();
 | 
						|
	    expr_or();
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_lor(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    expr_land();
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
 | 
						|
	int t = 0;
 | 
						|
	for(;;) {
 | 
						|
	    if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
		CType ctb;
 | 
						|
		ctb.t = VT_BOOL;
 | 
						|
		gen_cast(&ctb);
 | 
						|
		if (!vtop->c.i) {
 | 
						|
		    vpop();
 | 
						|
		} else {
 | 
						|
		    nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
		    while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
 | 
						|
			next();
 | 
						|
			expr_land();
 | 
						|
			vpop();
 | 
						|
		    }
 | 
						|
		    nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
		    if (t)
 | 
						|
		      gsym(t);
 | 
						|
		    gen_cast(&int_type);
 | 
						|
		    break;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    } else {
 | 
						|
		if (!t)
 | 
						|
		  save_regs(1);
 | 
						|
		t = gvtst(0, t);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
 | 
						|
		if (t)
 | 
						|
		  vseti(VT_JMP, t);
 | 
						|
		else
 | 
						|
		  vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    next();
 | 
						|
	    expr_land();
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Assuming vtop is a value used in a conditional context
 | 
						|
   (i.e. compared with zero) return 0 if it's false, 1 if
 | 
						|
   true and -1 if it can't be statically determined.  */
 | 
						|
static int condition_3way(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int c = -1;
 | 
						|
    if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST &&
 | 
						|
	(!(vtop->r & VT_SYM) ||
 | 
						|
	 !(vtop->sym->type.t & VT_WEAK))) {
 | 
						|
	CType boolean;
 | 
						|
	boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
 | 
						|
	vdup();
 | 
						|
	gen_cast(&boolean);
 | 
						|
	c = vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
	vpop();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return c;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_cond(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, islv, c, g;
 | 
						|
    SValue sv;
 | 
						|
    CType type, type1, type2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    expr_lor();
 | 
						|
    if (tok == '?') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
	c = condition_3way();
 | 
						|
        g = (tok == ':' && gnu_ext);
 | 
						|
        if (c < 0) {
 | 
						|
            /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
 | 
						|
               each branch */
 | 
						|
            if (is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
 | 
						|
                rc = RC_FLOAT;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
                if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
                    rc = RC_ST0;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            } else
 | 
						|
                rc = RC_INT;
 | 
						|
            gv(rc);
 | 
						|
            save_regs(1);
 | 
						|
            if (g)
 | 
						|
                gv_dup();
 | 
						|
            tt = gvtst(1, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            if (!g)
 | 
						|
                vpop();
 | 
						|
            tt = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (1) {
 | 
						|
            if (c == 0)
 | 
						|
                nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
            if (!g)
 | 
						|
                gexpr();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            type1 = vtop->type;
 | 
						|
            sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
 | 
						|
            vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
 | 
						|
            skip(':');
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            u = 0;
 | 
						|
            if (c < 0)
 | 
						|
                u = gjmp(0);
 | 
						|
            gsym(tt);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (c == 0)
 | 
						|
                nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
            if (c == 1)
 | 
						|
                nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
            expr_cond();
 | 
						|
            if (c == 1)
 | 
						|
                nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            type2 = vtop->type;
 | 
						|
            t1 = type1.t;
 | 
						|
            bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
            t2 = type2.t;
 | 
						|
            bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
            /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
 | 
						|
            if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
 | 
						|
                if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
                    type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
                    type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    type.t = VT_FLOAT;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                /* cast to biggest op */
 | 
						|
                type.t = VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
                /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
 | 
						|
                if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
 | 
						|
                    (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
                    type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
            } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
		/* If one is a null ptr constant the result type
 | 
						|
		   is the other.  */
 | 
						|
		if (is_null_pointer (vtop))
 | 
						|
		  type = type1;
 | 
						|
		else if (is_null_pointer (&sv))
 | 
						|
		  type = type2;
 | 
						|
                /* XXX: test pointer compatibility, C99 has more elaborate
 | 
						|
		   rules here.  */
 | 
						|
		else
 | 
						|
		  type = type1;
 | 
						|
            } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
                /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
 | 
						|
                type = bt1 == VT_FUNC ? type1 : type2;
 | 
						|
            } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
                /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
 | 
						|
                type = bt1 == VT_STRUCT ? type1 : type2;
 | 
						|
            } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
 | 
						|
                /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
 | 
						|
                type.t = VT_VOID;
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                /* integer operations */
 | 
						|
                type.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
                /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
 | 
						|
                if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
 | 
						|
                    (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
 | 
						|
                    type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* keep structs lvalue by transforming `(expr ? a : b)` to `*(expr ? &a : &b)` so
 | 
						|
               that `(expr ? a : b).mem` does not error  with "lvalue expected" */
 | 
						|
            islv = (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && (sv.r & VT_LVAL) && VT_STRUCT == (type.t & VT_BTYPE);
 | 
						|
            islv &= c < 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* now we convert second operand */
 | 
						|
            if (c != 1) {
 | 
						|
                gen_cast(&type);
 | 
						|
                if (islv) {
 | 
						|
                    mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
                    gaddrof();
 | 
						|
                } else if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
 | 
						|
                    gaddrof();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            rc = RC_INT;
 | 
						|
            if (is_float(type.t)) {
 | 
						|
                rc = RC_FLOAT;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
 | 
						|
                if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE) {
 | 
						|
                    rc = RC_ST0;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
 | 
						|
                /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
 | 
						|
                   to handle a complicated move */
 | 
						|
                rc = RC_IRET;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            tt = r2 = 0;
 | 
						|
            if (c < 0) {
 | 
						|
                r2 = gv(rc);
 | 
						|
                tt = gjmp(0);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            gsym(u);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
 | 
						|
               operand */
 | 
						|
            if (c != 0) {
 | 
						|
                *vtop = sv;
 | 
						|
                gen_cast(&type);
 | 
						|
                if (islv) {
 | 
						|
                    mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
 | 
						|
                    gaddrof();
 | 
						|
                } else if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
 | 
						|
                    gaddrof();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (c < 0) {
 | 
						|
                r1 = gv(rc);
 | 
						|
                move_reg(r2, r1, type.t);
 | 
						|
                vtop->r = r2;
 | 
						|
                gsym(tt);
 | 
						|
                if (islv)
 | 
						|
                    indir();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void expr_eq(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int t;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    expr_cond();
 | 
						|
    if (tok == '=' ||
 | 
						|
        (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
 | 
						|
        tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
 | 
						|
        tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
 | 
						|
        test_lvalue();
 | 
						|
        t = tok;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        if (t == '=') {
 | 
						|
            expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            vdup();
 | 
						|
            expr_eq();
 | 
						|
            gen_op(t & 0x7f);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vstore();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void gexpr(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    while (1) {
 | 
						|
        expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ',')
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
        vpop();
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
 | 
						|
static void expr_type(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
    gexpr();
 | 
						|
    *type = vtop->type;
 | 
						|
    vpop();
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
 | 
						|
   effect. */
 | 
						|
static void unary_type(CType *type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted++;
 | 
						|
    unary();
 | 
						|
    *type = vtop->type;
 | 
						|
    vpop();
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted--;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop.  */
 | 
						|
static void expr_const1(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    const_wanted++;
 | 
						|
    expr_cond();
 | 
						|
    const_wanted--;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
 | 
						|
static inline int64_t expr_const64(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int64_t c;
 | 
						|
    expr_const1();
 | 
						|
    if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
 | 
						|
        expect("constant expression");
 | 
						|
    c = vtop->c.i;
 | 
						|
    vpop();
 | 
						|
    return c;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse an integer constant and return its value.
 | 
						|
   Complain if it doesn't fit 32bit (signed or unsigned).  */
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC int expr_const(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int c;
 | 
						|
    int64_t wc = expr_const64();
 | 
						|
    c = wc;
 | 
						|
    if (c != wc && (unsigned)c != wc)
 | 
						|
        tcc_error("constant exceeds 32 bit");
 | 
						|
    return c;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
 | 
						|
   return zero */
 | 
						|
static int is_label(void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int last_tok;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* fast test first */
 | 
						|
    if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
 | 
						|
    last_tok = tok;
 | 
						|
    next();
 | 
						|
    if (tok == ':') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        return last_tok;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        unget_tok(last_tok);
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void label_or_decl(int l)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int last_tok;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* fast test first */
 | 
						|
    if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
	/* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
 | 
						|
	last_tok = tok;
 | 
						|
	next();
 | 
						|
	if (tok == ':') {
 | 
						|
	    unget_tok(last_tok);
 | 
						|
	    return;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
	unget_tok(last_tok);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    decl(l);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
 | 
						|
static void gfunc_return(CType *func_type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if ((func_type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
        CType type, ret_type;
 | 
						|
        int ret_align, ret_nregs, regsize;
 | 
						|
        ret_nregs = gfunc_sret(func_type, func_var, &ret_type,
 | 
						|
                               &ret_align, ®size);
 | 
						|
        if (0 == ret_nregs) {
 | 
						|
            /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
 | 
						|
               first pointer arg location */
 | 
						|
            type = *func_type;
 | 
						|
            mk_pointer(&type);
 | 
						|
            vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
 | 
						|
            indir();
 | 
						|
            vswap();
 | 
						|
            /* copy structure value to pointer */
 | 
						|
            vstore();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* returning structure packed into registers */
 | 
						|
            int r, size, addr, align;
 | 
						|
            size = type_size(func_type,&align);
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) ||
 | 
						|
                 (vtop->c.i & (ret_align-1)))
 | 
						|
                && (align & (ret_align-1))) {
 | 
						|
                loc = (loc - size) & -ret_align;
 | 
						|
                addr = loc;
 | 
						|
                type = *func_type;
 | 
						|
                vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
 | 
						|
                vswap();
 | 
						|
                vstore();
 | 
						|
                vpop();
 | 
						|
                vset(&ret_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            vtop->type = ret_type;
 | 
						|
            if (is_float(ret_type.t))
 | 
						|
                r = rc_fret(ret_type.t);
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
                r = RC_IRET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (ret_nregs == 1)
 | 
						|
                gv(r);
 | 
						|
            else {
 | 
						|
                for (;;) {
 | 
						|
                    vdup();
 | 
						|
                    gv(r);
 | 
						|
                    vpop();
 | 
						|
                    if (--ret_nregs == 0)
 | 
						|
                      break;
 | 
						|
                    /* We assume that when a structure is returned in multiple
 | 
						|
                       registers, their classes are consecutive values of the
 | 
						|
                       suite s(n) = 2^n */
 | 
						|
                    r <<= 1;
 | 
						|
                    vtop->c.i += regsize;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else if (is_float(func_type->t)) {
 | 
						|
        gv(rc_fret(func_type->t));
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        gv(RC_IRET);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int case_cmp(const void *pa, const void *pb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int64_t a = (*(struct case_t**) pa)->v1;
 | 
						|
    int64_t b = (*(struct case_t**) pb)->v1;
 | 
						|
    return a < b ? -1 : a > b;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void gcase(struct case_t **base, int len, int *bsym)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    struct case_t *p;
 | 
						|
    int e;
 | 
						|
    int ll = (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG;
 | 
						|
    gv(RC_INT);
 | 
						|
    while (len > 4) {
 | 
						|
        /* binary search */
 | 
						|
        p = base[len/2];
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
	if (ll)
 | 
						|
	    vpushll(p->v2);
 | 
						|
	else
 | 
						|
	    vpushi(p->v2);
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_LE);
 | 
						|
        e = gtst(1, 0);
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
	if (ll)
 | 
						|
	    vpushll(p->v1);
 | 
						|
	else
 | 
						|
	    vpushi(p->v1);
 | 
						|
        gen_op(TOK_GE);
 | 
						|
        gtst_addr(0, p->sym); /* v1 <= x <= v2 */
 | 
						|
        /* x < v1 */
 | 
						|
        gcase(base, len/2, bsym);
 | 
						|
        if (cur_switch->def_sym)
 | 
						|
            gjmp_addr(cur_switch->def_sym);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
 | 
						|
        /* x > v2 */
 | 
						|
        gsym(e);
 | 
						|
        e = len/2 + 1;
 | 
						|
        base += e; len -= e;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* linear scan */
 | 
						|
    while (len--) {
 | 
						|
        p = *base++;
 | 
						|
        vdup();
 | 
						|
	if (ll)
 | 
						|
	    vpushll(p->v2);
 | 
						|
	else
 | 
						|
	    vpushi(p->v2);
 | 
						|
        if (p->v1 == p->v2) {
 | 
						|
            gen_op(TOK_EQ);
 | 
						|
            gtst_addr(0, p->sym);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            gen_op(TOK_LE);
 | 
						|
            e = gtst(1, 0);
 | 
						|
            vdup();
 | 
						|
	    if (ll)
 | 
						|
	        vpushll(p->v1);
 | 
						|
	    else
 | 
						|
	        vpushi(p->v1);
 | 
						|
            gen_op(TOK_GE);
 | 
						|
            gtst_addr(0, p->sym);
 | 
						|
            gsym(e);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int is_expr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int a, b, c, d, cond;
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* generate line number info */
 | 
						|
    if (tcc_state->do_debug)
 | 
						|
        tcc_debug_line(tcc_state);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (is_expr) {
 | 
						|
        /* default return value is (void) */
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_IF) {
 | 
						|
        /* if test */
 | 
						|
	int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        gexpr();
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
	cond = condition_3way();
 | 
						|
        if (cond == 1)
 | 
						|
            a = 0, vpop();
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
            a = gvtst(1, 0);
 | 
						|
        if (cond == 0)
 | 
						|
	    nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
 | 
						|
        block(bsym, csym, 0);
 | 
						|
	if (cond != 1)
 | 
						|
	    nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        c = tok;
 | 
						|
        if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            d = gjmp(0);
 | 
						|
            gsym(a);
 | 
						|
	    if (cond == 1)
 | 
						|
	        nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
 | 
						|
            block(bsym, csym, 0);
 | 
						|
            gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
 | 
						|
	    if (cond != 0)
 | 
						|
		nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        } else
 | 
						|
            gsym(a);
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
 | 
						|
	int saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        d = ind;
 | 
						|
        vla_sp_restore();
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        gexpr();
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
        a = gvtst(1, 0);
 | 
						|
        b = 0;
 | 
						|
        ++local_scope;
 | 
						|
	saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        block(&a, &b, 0);
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        --local_scope;
 | 
						|
        gjmp_addr(d);
 | 
						|
        gsym(a);
 | 
						|
        gsym_addr(b, d);
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
        Sym *llabel;
 | 
						|
        int block_vla_sp_loc = vla_sp_loc, saved_vlas_in_scope = vlas_in_scope;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        /* record local declaration stack position */
 | 
						|
        s = local_stack;
 | 
						|
        llabel = local_label_stack;
 | 
						|
        ++local_scope;
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        /* handle local labels declarations */
 | 
						|
        if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            for(;;) {
 | 
						|
                if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
                    expect("label identifier");
 | 
						|
                label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
                if (tok == ',') {
 | 
						|
                    next();
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    skip(';');
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        while (tok != '}') {
 | 
						|
            label_or_decl(VT_LOCAL);
 | 
						|
            if (tok != '}') {
 | 
						|
                if (is_expr)
 | 
						|
                    vpop();
 | 
						|
                block(bsym, csym, is_expr);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* pop locally defined labels */
 | 
						|
        label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
 | 
						|
        /* pop locally defined symbols */
 | 
						|
        --local_scope;
 | 
						|
	/* In the is_expr case (a statement expression is finished here),
 | 
						|
	   vtop might refer to symbols on the local_stack.  Either via the
 | 
						|
	   type or via vtop->sym.  We can't pop those nor any that in turn
 | 
						|
	   might be referred to.  To make it easier we don't roll back
 | 
						|
	   any symbols in that case; some upper level call to block() will
 | 
						|
	   do that.  We do have to remove such symbols from the lookup
 | 
						|
	   tables, though.  sym_pop will do that.  */
 | 
						|
	sym_pop(&local_stack, s, is_expr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Pop VLA frames and restore stack pointer if required */
 | 
						|
        if (vlas_in_scope > saved_vlas_in_scope) {
 | 
						|
            vla_sp_loc = saved_vlas_in_scope ? block_vla_sp_loc : vla_sp_root_loc;
 | 
						|
            vla_sp_restore();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        vlas_in_scope = saved_vlas_in_scope;
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ';') {
 | 
						|
            gexpr();
 | 
						|
            gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
 | 
						|
            gfunc_return(&func_vt);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
        /* jump unless last stmt in top-level block */
 | 
						|
        if (tok != '}' || local_scope != 1)
 | 
						|
            rsym = gjmp(rsym);
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
 | 
						|
        /* compute jump */
 | 
						|
        if (!bsym)
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("cannot break");
 | 
						|
        *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000;
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
 | 
						|
        /* compute jump */
 | 
						|
        if (!csym)
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("cannot continue");
 | 
						|
        vla_sp_restore_root();
 | 
						|
        *csym = gjmp(*csym);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
 | 
						|
        int e;
 | 
						|
	int saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        s = local_stack;
 | 
						|
        ++local_scope;
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ';') {
 | 
						|
            /* c99 for-loop init decl? */
 | 
						|
            if (!decl0(VT_LOCAL, 1)) {
 | 
						|
                /* no, regular for-loop init expr */
 | 
						|
                gexpr();
 | 
						|
                vpop();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
        d = ind;
 | 
						|
        c = ind;
 | 
						|
        vla_sp_restore();
 | 
						|
        a = 0;
 | 
						|
        b = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ';') {
 | 
						|
            gexpr();
 | 
						|
            a = gvtst(1, 0);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
        if (tok != ')') {
 | 
						|
            e = gjmp(0);
 | 
						|
            c = ind;
 | 
						|
            vla_sp_restore();
 | 
						|
            gexpr();
 | 
						|
            vpop();
 | 
						|
            gjmp_addr(d);
 | 
						|
            gsym(e);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
	saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        block(&a, &b, 0);
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        gjmp_addr(c);
 | 
						|
        gsym(a);
 | 
						|
        gsym_addr(b, c);
 | 
						|
        --local_scope;
 | 
						|
        sym_pop(&local_stack, s, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    } else 
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_DO) {
 | 
						|
	int saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        a = 0;
 | 
						|
        b = 0;
 | 
						|
        d = ind;
 | 
						|
        vla_sp_restore();
 | 
						|
	saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        block(&a, &b, 0);
 | 
						|
        skip(TOK_WHILE);
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        gsym(b);
 | 
						|
	gexpr();
 | 
						|
	c = gvtst(0, 0);
 | 
						|
	gsym_addr(c, d);
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
        gsym(a);
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
 | 
						|
        struct switch_t *saved, sw;
 | 
						|
	int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
	SValue switchval;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip('(');
 | 
						|
        gexpr();
 | 
						|
        skip(')');
 | 
						|
	switchval = *vtop--;
 | 
						|
        a = 0;
 | 
						|
        b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
 | 
						|
        sw.p = NULL; sw.n = 0; sw.def_sym = 0;
 | 
						|
        saved = cur_switch;
 | 
						|
        cur_switch = &sw;
 | 
						|
        block(&a, csym, 0);
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
 | 
						|
        a = gjmp(a); /* add implicit break */
 | 
						|
        /* case lookup */
 | 
						|
        gsym(b);
 | 
						|
        qsort(sw.p, sw.n, sizeof(void*), case_cmp);
 | 
						|
        for (b = 1; b < sw.n; b++)
 | 
						|
            if (sw.p[b - 1]->v2 >= sw.p[b]->v1)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("duplicate case value");
 | 
						|
        /* Our switch table sorting is signed, so the compared
 | 
						|
           value needs to be as well when it's 64bit.  */
 | 
						|
        if ((switchval.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
 | 
						|
            switchval.type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
 | 
						|
        vpushv(&switchval);
 | 
						|
        gcase(sw.p, sw.n, &a);
 | 
						|
        vpop();
 | 
						|
        if (sw.def_sym)
 | 
						|
          gjmp_addr(sw.def_sym);
 | 
						|
        dynarray_reset(&sw.p, &sw.n);
 | 
						|
        cur_switch = saved;
 | 
						|
        /* break label */
 | 
						|
        gsym(a);
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
 | 
						|
        struct case_t *cr = tcc_malloc(sizeof(struct case_t));
 | 
						|
        if (!cur_switch)
 | 
						|
            expect("switch");
 | 
						|
	nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        cr->v1 = cr->v2 = expr_const64();
 | 
						|
        if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            cr->v2 = expr_const64();
 | 
						|
            if (cr->v2 < cr->v1)
 | 
						|
                tcc_warning("empty case range");
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        cr->sym = ind;
 | 
						|
        dynarray_add(&cur_switch->p, &cur_switch->n, cr);
 | 
						|
        skip(':');
 | 
						|
        is_expr = 0;
 | 
						|
        goto block_after_label;
 | 
						|
    } else 
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        skip(':');
 | 
						|
        if (!cur_switch)
 | 
						|
            expect("switch");
 | 
						|
        if (cur_switch->def_sym)
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("too many 'default'");
 | 
						|
        cur_switch->def_sym = ind;
 | 
						|
        is_expr = 0;
 | 
						|
        goto block_after_label;
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
    if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
 | 
						|
            /* computed goto */
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            gexpr();
 | 
						|
            if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
 | 
						|
                expect("pointer");
 | 
						|
            ggoto();
 | 
						|
        } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
 | 
						|
            s = label_find(tok);
 | 
						|
            /* put forward definition if needed */
 | 
						|
            if (!s) {
 | 
						|
                s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
 | 
						|
                    s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            vla_sp_restore_root();
 | 
						|
	    if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
 | 
						|
                s->jnext = gjmp(s->jnext);
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
                gjmp_addr(s->jnext);
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            expect("label identifier");
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
 | 
						|
        asm_instr();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        b = is_label();
 | 
						|
        if (b) {
 | 
						|
            /* label case */
 | 
						|
            s = label_find(b);
 | 
						|
            if (s) {
 | 
						|
                if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                gsym(s->jnext);
 | 
						|
                s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            s->jnext = ind;
 | 
						|
            vla_sp_restore();
 | 
						|
            /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
 | 
						|
        block_after_label:
 | 
						|
	    nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000;
 | 
						|
            if (tok == '}') {
 | 
						|
                tcc_warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                if (is_expr)
 | 
						|
                    vpop();
 | 
						|
                block(bsym, csym, is_expr);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* expression case */
 | 
						|
            if (tok != ';') {
 | 
						|
                if (is_expr) {
 | 
						|
                    vpop();
 | 
						|
                    gexpr();
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    gexpr();
 | 
						|
                    vpop();
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            skip(';');
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define EXPR_CONST 1
 | 
						|
#define EXPR_ANY   2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void parse_init_elem(int expr_type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int saved_global_expr;
 | 
						|
    switch(expr_type) {
 | 
						|
    case EXPR_CONST:
 | 
						|
        /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
 | 
						|
        saved_global_expr = global_expr;
 | 
						|
        global_expr = 1;
 | 
						|
        expr_const1();
 | 
						|
        global_expr = saved_global_expr;
 | 
						|
        /* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
 | 
						|
        if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
            || (vtop->type.t & VT_IMPORT)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            )
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("initializer element is not constant");
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    case EXPR_ANY:
 | 
						|
        expr_eq();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
 | 
						|
   address. cur_field is the pointer to the current
 | 
						|
   value, for arrays the 'c' member contains the current start
 | 
						|
   index and the 'r' contains the end index (in case of range init).
 | 
						|
   'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
 | 
						|
   in arrays) */
 | 
						|
static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c, 
 | 
						|
                            Sym **cur_field, int size_only)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *s, *f;
 | 
						|
    int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
 | 
						|
    CType type1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    notfirst = 0;
 | 
						|
    elem_size = 0;
 | 
						|
    nb_elems = 1;
 | 
						|
    if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
 | 
						|
        goto struct_field;
 | 
						|
    while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
 | 
						|
        if (tok == '[') {
 | 
						|
            if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
 | 
						|
                expect("array type");
 | 
						|
            s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            index = expr_const();
 | 
						|
            if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("invalid index");
 | 
						|
            if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
                index_last = expr_const();
 | 
						|
                if (index_last < 0 || 
 | 
						|
                    (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
 | 
						|
                    index_last < index)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("invalid index");
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                index_last = index;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            skip(']');
 | 
						|
            if (!notfirst) {
 | 
						|
		(*cur_field)->c = index;
 | 
						|
		(*cur_field)->r = index_last;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
            type = pointed_type(type);
 | 
						|
            elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
 | 
						|
            c += index * elem_size;
 | 
						|
            /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
 | 
						|
            nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
 | 
						|
            if (nb_elems != 1) {
 | 
						|
                notfirst = 1;
 | 
						|
                break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            l = tok;
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        struct_field:
 | 
						|
            if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
 | 
						|
                expect("struct/union type");
 | 
						|
	    f = find_field(type, l);
 | 
						|
            if (!f)
 | 
						|
                expect("field");
 | 
						|
            if (!notfirst)
 | 
						|
                *cur_field = f;
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
 | 
						|
            type1 = f->type;
 | 
						|
            type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
 | 
						|
            type = &type1;
 | 
						|
            c += f->c;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        notfirst = 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (notfirst) {
 | 
						|
        if (tok == '=') {
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            if (!gnu_ext)
 | 
						|
                expect("=");
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
 | 
						|
	    index = (*cur_field)->c;
 | 
						|
	    if (type->ref->c >= 0 && index >= type->ref->c)
 | 
						|
	        tcc_error("index too large");
 | 
						|
            type = pointed_type(type);
 | 
						|
            c += index * type_size(type, &align);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            f = *cur_field;
 | 
						|
	    while (f && (f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM) && (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD))
 | 
						|
	        *cur_field = f = f->next;
 | 
						|
            if (!f)
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("too many field init");
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
 | 
						|
            type1 = f->type;
 | 
						|
            type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
 | 
						|
            type = &type1;
 | 
						|
            c += f->c;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* XXX: make it more general */
 | 
						|
    if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
 | 
						|
        unsigned long c_end;
 | 
						|
        uint8_t *src, *dst;
 | 
						|
        int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!sec) {
 | 
						|
	    vset(type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
 | 
						|
	    for (i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
 | 
						|
		vset(type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c + elem_size * i);
 | 
						|
		vswap();
 | 
						|
		vstore();
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	    vpop();
 | 
						|
	} else {
 | 
						|
	    c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
 | 
						|
	    if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
 | 
						|
	        section_realloc(sec, c_end);
 | 
						|
	    src = sec->data + c;
 | 
						|
	    dst = src;
 | 
						|
	    for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
 | 
						|
		dst += elem_size;
 | 
						|
		memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
 | 
						|
static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
 | 
						|
    void *ptr;
 | 
						|
    unsigned long long bit_mask;
 | 
						|
    CType dtype;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    dtype = *type;
 | 
						|
    dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (sec) {
 | 
						|
	int size, align;
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: not portable */
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
 | 
						|
        gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
 | 
						|
        bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
 | 
						|
	size = type_size(type, &align);
 | 
						|
        if (c + size > sec->data_allocated) {
 | 
						|
            section_realloc(sec, c + size);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        ptr = sec->data + c;
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: make code faster ? */
 | 
						|
        if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
 | 
						|
            bit_pos = 0;
 | 
						|
            bit_size = PTR_SIZE * 8;
 | 
						|
            bit_mask = -1LL;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
 | 
						|
            bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
 | 
						|
            bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
	if ((vtop->r & (VT_SYM|VT_CONST)) == (VT_SYM|VT_CONST) &&
 | 
						|
	    vtop->sym->v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM &&
 | 
						|
	    /* XXX This rejects compount literals like
 | 
						|
	       '(void *){ptr}'.  The problem is that '&sym' is
 | 
						|
	       represented the same way, which would be ruled out
 | 
						|
	       by the SYM_FIRST_ANOM check above, but also '"string"'
 | 
						|
	       in 'char *p = "string"' is represented the same
 | 
						|
	       with the type being VT_PTR and the symbol being an
 | 
						|
	       anonymous one.  That is, there's no difference in vtop
 | 
						|
	       between '(void *){x}' and '&(void *){x}'.  Ignore
 | 
						|
	       pointer typed entities here.  Hopefully no real code
 | 
						|
	       will every use compound literals with scalar type.  */
 | 
						|
	    (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
 | 
						|
	    /* These come from compound literals, memcpy stuff over.  */
 | 
						|
	    Section *ssec;
 | 
						|
	    ElfW(Sym) *esym;
 | 
						|
	    ElfW_Rel *rel;
 | 
						|
	    esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[vtop->sym->c];
 | 
						|
	    ssec = tcc_state->sections[esym->st_shndx];
 | 
						|
	    memmove (ptr, ssec->data + esym->st_value, size);
 | 
						|
	    if (ssec->reloc) {
 | 
						|
		/* We need to copy over all memory contents, and that
 | 
						|
		   includes relocations.  Use the fact that relocs are
 | 
						|
		   created it order, so look from the end of relocs
 | 
						|
		   until we hit one before the copied region.  */
 | 
						|
		int num_relocs = ssec->reloc->data_offset / sizeof(*rel);
 | 
						|
		rel = (ElfW_Rel*)(ssec->reloc->data + ssec->reloc->data_offset);
 | 
						|
		while (num_relocs--) {
 | 
						|
		    rel--;
 | 
						|
		    if (rel->r_offset >= esym->st_value + size)
 | 
						|
		      continue;
 | 
						|
		    if (rel->r_offset < esym->st_value)
 | 
						|
		      break;
 | 
						|
		    /* Note: if the same fields are initialized multiple
 | 
						|
		       times (possible with designators) then we possibly
 | 
						|
		       add multiple relocations for the same offset here.
 | 
						|
		       That would lead to wrong code, the last reloc needs
 | 
						|
		       to win.  We clean this up later after the whole
 | 
						|
		       initializer is parsed.  */
 | 
						|
		    put_elf_reloca(symtab_section, sec,
 | 
						|
				   c + rel->r_offset - esym->st_value,
 | 
						|
				   ELFW(R_TYPE)(rel->r_info),
 | 
						|
				   ELFW(R_SYM)(rel->r_info),
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
				   rel->r_addend
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
				   0
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
				  );
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	} else {
 | 
						|
	    if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
 | 
						|
		(bt == VT_BYTE ||
 | 
						|
		 bt == VT_SHORT ||
 | 
						|
		 bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
 | 
						|
		 bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
 | 
						|
#if PTR_SIZE == 8
 | 
						|
		 (bt == VT_LLONG && bit_size != 64) ||
 | 
						|
		 bt == VT_INT
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
		 bt == VT_LLONG ||
 | 
						|
		 (bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		))
 | 
						|
	      tcc_error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
 | 
						|
	    switch(bt) {
 | 
						|
		/* XXX: when cross-compiling we assume that each type has the
 | 
						|
		   same representation on host and target, which is likely to
 | 
						|
		   be wrong in the case of long double */
 | 
						|
	    case VT_BOOL:
 | 
						|
		vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
 | 
						|
	    case VT_BYTE:
 | 
						|
		*(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
	    case VT_SHORT:
 | 
						|
		*(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
	    case VT_DOUBLE:
 | 
						|
		*(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
	    case VT_LDOUBLE:
 | 
						|
                if (sizeof(long double) == LDOUBLE_SIZE)
 | 
						|
		    *(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
 | 
						|
		else if (sizeof(double) == LDOUBLE_SIZE)
 | 
						|
		    *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
 | 
						|
		else
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("can't cross compile long double constants");
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
#if PTR_SIZE != 8
 | 
						|
	    case VT_LLONG:
 | 
						|
		*(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
 | 
						|
		break;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
	    case VT_LLONG:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
	    case VT_PTR:
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		    addr_t val = (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
		    if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
 | 
						|
		      greloca(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR, val);
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
		      *(addr_t *)ptr |= val;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
		    if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
 | 
						|
		      greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR);
 | 
						|
		    *(addr_t *)ptr |= val;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		    break;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    default:
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		    int val = (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
 | 
						|
#if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM64) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
 | 
						|
		    if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
 | 
						|
		      greloca(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR, val);
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
		      *(int *)ptr |= val;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
		    if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
 | 
						|
		      greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR);
 | 
						|
		    *(int *)ptr |= val;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
		    break;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
        vtop--;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
 | 
						|
        vswap();
 | 
						|
        vstore();
 | 
						|
        vpop();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* put zeros for variable based init */
 | 
						|
static void init_putz(Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    if (sec) {
 | 
						|
        /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
 | 
						|
        vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 | 
						|
        vpushs(size);
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
        vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
        vpushs(size);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        gfunc_call(3);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
 | 
						|
   object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
 | 
						|
   allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
 | 
						|
   dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
 | 
						|
   size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
 | 
						|
static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c, 
 | 
						|
                             int first, int size_only)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, parlevel1, i;
 | 
						|
    int size1, align1;
 | 
						|
    int have_elem;
 | 
						|
    Sym *s, *f;
 | 
						|
    Sym indexsym;
 | 
						|
    CType *t1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If we currently are at an '}' or ',' we have read an initializer
 | 
						|
       element in one of our callers, and not yet consumed it.  */
 | 
						|
    have_elem = tok == '}' || tok == ',';
 | 
						|
    if (!have_elem && tok != '{' &&
 | 
						|
	/* In case of strings we have special handling for arrays, so
 | 
						|
	   don't consume them as initializer value (which would commit them
 | 
						|
	   to some anonymous symbol).  */
 | 
						|
	tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR &&
 | 
						|
	!size_only) {
 | 
						|
	parse_init_elem(!sec ? EXPR_ANY : EXPR_CONST);
 | 
						|
	have_elem = 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (have_elem &&
 | 
						|
	!(type->t & VT_ARRAY) &&
 | 
						|
	/* Use i_c_parameter_t, to strip toplevel qualifiers.
 | 
						|
	   The source type might have VT_CONSTANT set, which is
 | 
						|
	   of course assignable to non-const elements.  */
 | 
						|
	is_compatible_parameter_types(type, &vtop->type)) {
 | 
						|
        init_putv(type, sec, c);
 | 
						|
    } else if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
 | 
						|
        s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
        n = s->c;
 | 
						|
        array_length = 0;
 | 
						|
        t1 = pointed_type(type);
 | 
						|
        size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        no_oblock = 1;
 | 
						|
        if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) || 
 | 
						|
            tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
            if (tok != '{')
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("character array initializer must be a literal,"
 | 
						|
                    " optionally enclosed in braces");
 | 
						|
            skip('{');
 | 
						|
            no_oblock = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
 | 
						|
           them as ((w)char *) expressions */
 | 
						|
        if ((tok == TOK_LSTR && 
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
             (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
             (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
 | 
						|
            while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
 | 
						|
                int cstr_len, ch;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
 | 
						|
                if (tok == TOK_STR)
 | 
						|
                    cstr_len = tokc.str.size;
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    cstr_len = tokc.str.size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
 | 
						|
                cstr_len--;
 | 
						|
                nb = cstr_len;
 | 
						|
                if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
 | 
						|
                    nb = n - array_length;
 | 
						|
                if (!size_only) {
 | 
						|
                    if (cstr_len > nb)
 | 
						|
                        tcc_warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
 | 
						|
                    /* in order to go faster for common case (char
 | 
						|
                       string in global variable, we handle it
 | 
						|
                       specifically */
 | 
						|
                    if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
 | 
						|
                        memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, tokc.str.data, nb);
 | 
						|
                    } else {
 | 
						|
                        for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
 | 
						|
                            if (tok == TOK_STR)
 | 
						|
                                ch = ((unsigned char *)tokc.str.data)[i];
 | 
						|
                            else
 | 
						|
                                ch = ((nwchar_t *)tokc.str.data)[i];
 | 
						|
			    vpushi(ch);
 | 
						|
                            init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1);
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                array_length += nb;
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
 | 
						|
               warning in this case since it is standard) */
 | 
						|
            if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
 | 
						|
                if (!size_only) {
 | 
						|
		    vpushi(0);
 | 
						|
                    init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1));
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                array_length++;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
	    indexsym.c = 0;
 | 
						|
	    indexsym.r = 0;
 | 
						|
	    f = &indexsym;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          do_init_list:
 | 
						|
	    while (tok != '}' || have_elem) {
 | 
						|
		decl_designator(type, sec, c, &f, size_only);
 | 
						|
		have_elem = 0;
 | 
						|
		index = f->c;
 | 
						|
		/* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
 | 
						|
		   ensures that it even works with designators) */
 | 
						|
		if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
 | 
						|
		    init_putz(sec, c + array_length * size1,
 | 
						|
			      (index - array_length) * size1);
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
		if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
 | 
						|
		    index = indexsym.c = ++indexsym.r;
 | 
						|
		} else {
 | 
						|
		    index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
 | 
						|
		    if (s->type.t == TOK_UNION)
 | 
						|
		        f = NULL;
 | 
						|
		    else
 | 
						|
		        f = f->next;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
		if (index > array_length)
 | 
						|
		    array_length = index;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
 | 
						|
		    /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
 | 
						|
		       be strictly correct if designators are used at the
 | 
						|
		       same time) */
 | 
						|
		    if (no_oblock && index >= n)
 | 
						|
		        break;
 | 
						|
		} else {
 | 
						|
		    if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
 | 
						|
		        break;
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
		if (tok == '}')
 | 
						|
		    break;
 | 
						|
		skip(',');
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        /* put zeros at the end */
 | 
						|
        if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
 | 
						|
            init_putz(sec, c + array_length * size1,
 | 
						|
                      (n - array_length) * size1);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (!no_oblock)
 | 
						|
            skip('}');
 | 
						|
        /* patch type size if needed, which happens only for array types */
 | 
						|
        if (n < 0)
 | 
						|
            s->c = array_length;
 | 
						|
    } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
	size1 = 1;
 | 
						|
        no_oblock = 1;
 | 
						|
        if (first || tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
            skip('{');
 | 
						|
            no_oblock = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        s = type->ref;
 | 
						|
        f = s->next;
 | 
						|
        array_length = 0;
 | 
						|
        n = s->c;
 | 
						|
	goto do_init_list;
 | 
						|
    } else if (tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
 | 
						|
        skip('}');
 | 
						|
    } else if (size_only) {
 | 
						|
	/* If we supported only ISO C we wouldn't have to accept calling
 | 
						|
	   this on anything than an array size_only==1 (and even then
 | 
						|
	   only on the outermost level, so no recursion would be needed),
 | 
						|
	   because initializing a flex array member isn't supported.
 | 
						|
	   But GNU C supports it, so we need to recurse even into
 | 
						|
	   subfields of structs and arrays when size_only is set.  */
 | 
						|
        /* just skip expression */
 | 
						|
        parlevel = parlevel1 = 0;
 | 
						|
        while ((parlevel > 0 || parlevel1 > 0 ||
 | 
						|
		(tok != '}' && tok != ',')) &&  tok != -1) {
 | 
						|
            if (tok == '(')
 | 
						|
                parlevel++;
 | 
						|
            else if (tok == ')') {
 | 
						|
		if (parlevel == 0 && parlevel1 == 0)
 | 
						|
		    break;
 | 
						|
                parlevel--;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
	    else if (tok == '{')
 | 
						|
		parlevel1++;
 | 
						|
	    else if (tok == '}') {
 | 
						|
		if (parlevel == 0 && parlevel1 == 0)
 | 
						|
		    break;
 | 
						|
		parlevel1--;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
	if (!have_elem) {
 | 
						|
	    /* This should happen only when we haven't parsed
 | 
						|
	       the init element above for fear of committing a
 | 
						|
	       string constant to memory too early.  */
 | 
						|
	    if (tok != TOK_STR && tok != TOK_LSTR)
 | 
						|
	      expect("string constant");
 | 
						|
	    parse_init_elem(!sec ? EXPR_ANY : EXPR_CONST);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
        init_putv(type, sec, c);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
 | 
						|
   allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
 | 
						|
   VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
 | 
						|
   variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers
 | 
						|
   are parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object
 | 
						|
   is put in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing
 | 
						|
   is done to handle string constants. */
 | 
						|
static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r, 
 | 
						|
                                   int has_init, int v, int scope)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int size, align, addr, data_offset;
 | 
						|
    int level;
 | 
						|
    ParseState saved_parse_state = {0};
 | 
						|
    TokenString *init_str = NULL;
 | 
						|
    Section *sec;
 | 
						|
    Sym *flexible_array;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    flexible_array = NULL;
 | 
						|
    if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
        Sym *field = type->ref->next;
 | 
						|
        if (field) {
 | 
						|
            while (field->next)
 | 
						|
                field = field->next;
 | 
						|
            if (field->type.t & VT_ARRAY && field->type.ref->c < 0)
 | 
						|
                flexible_array = field;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    size = type_size(type, &align);
 | 
						|
    /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
 | 
						|
       evaluating initializers because
 | 
						|
       initializers can generate global data too
 | 
						|
       (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
 | 
						|
       literals). It also simplifies local
 | 
						|
       initializers handling */
 | 
						|
    if (size < 0 || (flexible_array && has_init)) {
 | 
						|
        if (!has_init) 
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("unknown type size");
 | 
						|
        /* get all init string */
 | 
						|
        init_str = tok_str_alloc();
 | 
						|
        if (has_init == 2) {
 | 
						|
            /* only get strings */
 | 
						|
            while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
 | 
						|
                tok_str_add_tok(init_str);
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            level = 0;
 | 
						|
            while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
 | 
						|
                if (tok < 0)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
 | 
						|
                tok_str_add_tok(init_str);
 | 
						|
                if (tok == '{')
 | 
						|
                    level++;
 | 
						|
                else if (tok == '}') {
 | 
						|
                    level--;
 | 
						|
                    if (level <= 0) {
 | 
						|
                        next();
 | 
						|
                        break;
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        tok_str_add(init_str, -1);
 | 
						|
        tok_str_add(init_str, 0);
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        /* compute size */
 | 
						|
        save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        begin_macro(init_str, 1);
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
 | 
						|
        /* prepare second initializer parsing */
 | 
						|
        macro_ptr = init_str->str;
 | 
						|
        next();
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        /* if still unknown size, error */
 | 
						|
        size = type_size(type, &align);
 | 
						|
        if (size < 0) 
 | 
						|
            tcc_error("unknown type size");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /* If there's a flex member and it was used in the initializer
 | 
						|
       adjust size.  */
 | 
						|
    if (flexible_array &&
 | 
						|
	flexible_array->type.ref->c > 0)
 | 
						|
        size += flexible_array->type.ref->c
 | 
						|
	        * pointed_size(&flexible_array->type);
 | 
						|
    /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
 | 
						|
    if (ad->a.aligned) {
 | 
						|
	int speca = 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1);
 | 
						|
        if (speca > align)
 | 
						|
            align = speca;
 | 
						|
    } else if (ad->a.packed) {
 | 
						|
        align = 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
 | 
						|
        sec = NULL;
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
        if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
 | 
						|
            loc--;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        loc = (loc - size) & -align;
 | 
						|
        addr = loc;
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
        /* handles bounds */
 | 
						|
        /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
 | 
						|
           '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
 | 
						|
        if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
 | 
						|
            addr_t *bounds_ptr;
 | 
						|
            /* add padding between regions */
 | 
						|
            loc--;
 | 
						|
            /* then add local bound info */
 | 
						|
            bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(addr_t));
 | 
						|
            bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
 | 
						|
            bounds_ptr[1] = size;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        if (v) {
 | 
						|
            /* local variable */
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 | 
						|
	    if (ad->asm_label) {
 | 
						|
		int reg = asm_parse_regvar(ad->asm_label);
 | 
						|
		if (reg >= 0)
 | 
						|
		    r = (r & ~VT_VALMASK) | reg;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* push local reference */
 | 
						|
            vset(type, r, addr);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
        Sym *sym = NULL;
 | 
						|
        if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
 | 
						|
            /* see if the symbol was already defined */
 | 
						|
            sym = sym_find(v);
 | 
						|
            if (sym) {
 | 
						|
                patch_storage(sym, type);
 | 
						|
                if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
 | 
						|
                    /* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
 | 
						|
                    sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
 | 
						|
                    /* set array size if it was omitted in extern
 | 
						|
                       declaration */
 | 
						|
                    if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && 
 | 
						|
                        sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
 | 
						|
                        type->ref->c >= 0)
 | 
						|
                        sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
 | 
						|
                } else if (!has_init) {
 | 
						|
                    /* we accept several definitions of the same
 | 
						|
                       global variable. this is tricky, because we
 | 
						|
                       must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
 | 
						|
                    /* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
 | 
						|
                    update_storage(sym);
 | 
						|
                    goto no_alloc;
 | 
						|
                } else if (sym->c) {
 | 
						|
                    ElfW(Sym) *esym;
 | 
						|
                    esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
 | 
						|
                    if (esym->st_shndx == data_section->sh_num)
 | 
						|
                        tcc_error("redefinition of '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
 | 
						|
        sec = ad->section;
 | 
						|
        if (!sec) {
 | 
						|
            if (has_init)
 | 
						|
                sec = data_section;
 | 
						|
            else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
 | 
						|
                sec = bss_section;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (sec) {
 | 
						|
            data_offset = sec->data_offset;
 | 
						|
            data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
 | 
						|
            addr = data_offset;
 | 
						|
            /* very important to increment global pointer at this time
 | 
						|
               because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
 | 
						|
            data_offset += size;
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
            /* add padding if bound check */
 | 
						|
            if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
 | 
						|
                data_offset++;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            sec->data_offset = data_offset;
 | 
						|
            /* allocate section space to put the data */
 | 
						|
            if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS && 
 | 
						|
                data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
 | 
						|
                section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
 | 
						|
            /* align section if needed */
 | 
						|
            if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
 | 
						|
                sec->sh_addralign = align;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (v) {
 | 
						|
            if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
 | 
						|
                sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
 | 
						|
                sym->asm_label = ad->asm_label;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* update symbol definition */
 | 
						|
            if (sec) {
 | 
						|
                put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                put_extern_sym(sym, SECTION_COMMON, align, size);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            /* push global reference */
 | 
						|
            sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
 | 
						|
	    vpushsym(type, sym);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
 | 
						|
        /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
 | 
						|
           before for the relocation */
 | 
						|
        if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check) {
 | 
						|
            addr_t *bounds_ptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_PTR);
 | 
						|
            /* then add global bound info */
 | 
						|
            bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(addr_t));
 | 
						|
            bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
 | 
						|
            bounds_ptr[1] = size;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
 | 
						|
        int a;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* save current stack pointer */
 | 
						|
        if (vlas_in_scope == 0) {
 | 
						|
            if (vla_sp_root_loc == -1)
 | 
						|
                vla_sp_root_loc = (loc -= PTR_SIZE);
 | 
						|
            gen_vla_sp_save(vla_sp_root_loc);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        vla_runtime_type_size(type, &a);
 | 
						|
        gen_vla_alloc(type, a);
 | 
						|
        gen_vla_sp_save(addr);
 | 
						|
        vla_sp_loc = addr;
 | 
						|
        vlas_in_scope++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    } else if (has_init) {
 | 
						|
	size_t oldreloc_offset = 0;
 | 
						|
	if (sec && sec->reloc)
 | 
						|
	  oldreloc_offset = sec->reloc->data_offset;
 | 
						|
        decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
 | 
						|
	if (sec && sec->reloc)
 | 
						|
	  squeeze_multi_relocs(sec, oldreloc_offset);
 | 
						|
        /* patch flexible array member size back to -1, */
 | 
						|
        /* for possible subsequent similar declarations */
 | 
						|
        if (flexible_array)
 | 
						|
            flexible_array->type.ref->c = -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 no_alloc:
 | 
						|
    /* restore parse state if needed */
 | 
						|
    if (init_str) {
 | 
						|
        end_macro();
 | 
						|
        restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse an old style function declaration list */
 | 
						|
/* XXX: check multiple parameter */
 | 
						|
static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    AttributeDef ad;
 | 
						|
    int v;
 | 
						|
    Sym *s;
 | 
						|
    CType btype, type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* parse each declaration */
 | 
						|
    while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF &&
 | 
						|
           tok != TOK_ASM1 && tok != TOK_ASM2 && tok != TOK_ASM3) {
 | 
						|
        if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) 
 | 
						|
            expect("declaration list");
 | 
						|
        if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
 | 
						|
             (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) && 
 | 
						|
            tok == ';') {
 | 
						|
            /* we accept no variable after */
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
            for(;;) {
 | 
						|
                type = btype;
 | 
						|
                type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
 | 
						|
                /* find parameter in function parameter list */
 | 
						|
                s = func_sym->next;
 | 
						|
                while (s != NULL) {
 | 
						|
                    if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
 | 
						|
                        goto found;
 | 
						|
                    s = s->next;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                tcc_error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
 | 
						|
                      get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
            found:
 | 
						|
                /* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
 | 
						|
                if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL)); 
 | 
						|
                convert_parameter_type(&type);
 | 
						|
                /* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
 | 
						|
                s->type = type;
 | 
						|
                /* accept other parameters */
 | 
						|
                if (tok == ',')
 | 
						|
                    next();
 | 
						|
                else
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        skip(';');
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
 | 
						|
   'cur_text_section' */
 | 
						|
static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted = 0;
 | 
						|
    ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
 | 
						|
    /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
 | 
						|
    put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
 | 
						|
    funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
 | 
						|
    func_ind = ind;
 | 
						|
    /* Initialize VLA state */
 | 
						|
    vla_sp_loc = -1;
 | 
						|
    vla_sp_root_loc = -1;
 | 
						|
    /* put debug symbol */
 | 
						|
    tcc_debug_funcstart(tcc_state, sym);
 | 
						|
    /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
 | 
						|
    sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
    local_scope = 1; /* for function parameters */
 | 
						|
    gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
 | 
						|
    local_scope = 0;
 | 
						|
    rsym = 0;
 | 
						|
    block(NULL, NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted = 0;
 | 
						|
    gsym(rsym);
 | 
						|
    gfunc_epilog();
 | 
						|
    cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
 | 
						|
    label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
 | 
						|
    /* reset local stack */
 | 
						|
    local_scope = 0;
 | 
						|
    sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL, 0);
 | 
						|
    /* end of function */
 | 
						|
    /* patch symbol size */
 | 
						|
    ((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size = 
 | 
						|
        ind - func_ind;
 | 
						|
    tcc_debug_funcend(tcc_state, ind - func_ind);
 | 
						|
    /* It's better to crash than to generate wrong code */
 | 
						|
    cur_text_section = NULL;
 | 
						|
    funcname = ""; /* for safety */
 | 
						|
    func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
 | 
						|
    func_var = 0; /* for safety */
 | 
						|
    ind = 0; /* for safety */
 | 
						|
    nocode_wanted = 1;
 | 
						|
    check_vstack();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void gen_inline_functions(TCCState *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    Sym *sym;
 | 
						|
    int inline_generated, i, ln;
 | 
						|
    struct InlineFunc *fn;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ln = file->line_num;
 | 
						|
    /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
 | 
						|
    for(;;) {
 | 
						|
        inline_generated = 0;
 | 
						|
        for (i = 0; i < s->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
 | 
						|
            fn = s->inline_fns[i];
 | 
						|
            sym = fn->sym;
 | 
						|
            if (sym && sym->c) {
 | 
						|
                /* the function was used: generate its code and
 | 
						|
                   convert it to a normal function */
 | 
						|
                fn->sym = NULL;
 | 
						|
                if (file)
 | 
						|
                    pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof file->filename, fn->filename);
 | 
						|
                sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                begin_macro(fn->func_str, 1);
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
                cur_text_section = text_section;
 | 
						|
                gen_function(sym);
 | 
						|
                end_macro();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                inline_generated = 1;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (!inline_generated)
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    file->line_num = ln;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void free_inline_functions(TCCState *s)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int i;
 | 
						|
    /* free tokens of unused inline functions */
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < s->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        struct InlineFunc *fn = s->inline_fns[i];
 | 
						|
        if (fn->sym)
 | 
						|
            tok_str_free(fn->func_str);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    dynarray_reset(&s->inline_fns, &s->nb_inline_fns);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
 | 
						|
static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    int v, has_init, r;
 | 
						|
    CType type, btype;
 | 
						|
    Sym *sym;
 | 
						|
    AttributeDef ad;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while (1) {
 | 
						|
        if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
 | 
						|
            if (is_for_loop_init)
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
            /* skip redundant ';' */
 | 
						|
            /* XXX: find more elegant solution */
 | 
						|
            if (tok == ';') {
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
                continue;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            if (l == VT_CONST &&
 | 
						|
                (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
 | 
						|
                /* global asm block */
 | 
						|
                asm_global_instr();
 | 
						|
                continue;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
 | 
						|
               type. Only accepted when defining global data */
 | 
						|
            if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_UIDENT)
 | 
						|
                break;
 | 
						|
            btype.t = VT_INT;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
 | 
						|
             (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) && 
 | 
						|
            tok == ';') {
 | 
						|
	    if ((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
 | 
						|
		int v = btype.ref->v;
 | 
						|
		if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
 | 
						|
        	    tcc_warning("unnamed struct/union that defines no instances");
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
            next();
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
 | 
						|
            type = btype;
 | 
						|
	    /* If the base type itself was an array type of unspecified
 | 
						|
	       size (like in 'typedef int arr[]; arr x = {1};') then
 | 
						|
	       we will overwrite the unknown size by the real one for
 | 
						|
	       this decl.  We need to unshare the ref symbol holding
 | 
						|
	       that size.  */
 | 
						|
	    if ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && type.ref->c < 0) {
 | 
						|
		type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type.ref->type, 0, type.ref->c);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
            type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
                char buf[500];
 | 
						|
                type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
                if ((type.t & VT_STATIC) && (l == VT_LOCAL)) {
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("function without file scope cannot be static");
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
 | 
						|
                   declaration list */
 | 
						|
                sym = type.ref;
 | 
						|
                if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
 | 
						|
                    func_decl_list(sym);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (gnu_ext && (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
 | 
						|
                ad.asm_label = asm_label_instr();
 | 
						|
                /* parse one last attribute list, after asm label */
 | 
						|
                parse_attribute(&ad);
 | 
						|
                if (tok == '{')
 | 
						|
                    expect(";");
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (ad.a.weak)
 | 
						|
                type.t |= VT_WEAK;
 | 
						|
#ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 | 
						|
            if (ad.a.func_import || ad.a.func_export) {
 | 
						|
                if (type.t & (VT_STATIC|VT_TYPEDEF))
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("cannot have dll linkage with static or typedef");
 | 
						|
                if (ad.a.func_export)
 | 
						|
                    type.t |= VT_EXPORT;
 | 
						|
                else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
 | 
						|
                    type.t |= VT_IMPORT|VT_EXTERN;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
	    type.t |= ad.a.visibility << VT_VIS_SHIFT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (tok == '{') {
 | 
						|
                if (l == VT_LOCAL)
 | 
						|
                    tcc_error("cannot use local functions");
 | 
						|
                if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
 | 
						|
                    expect("function definition");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                /* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
 | 
						|
                sym = type.ref;
 | 
						|
                while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
 | 
						|
                    if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
 | 
						|
                       expect("identifier");
 | 
						|
                
 | 
						|
                /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
 | 
						|
                if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
 | 
						|
                    type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
 | 
						|
                
 | 
						|
                sym = sym_find(v);
 | 
						|
                if (sym) {
 | 
						|
                    Sym *ref;
 | 
						|
                    if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
 | 
						|
                        goto func_error1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                    ref = sym->type.ref;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                    /* use func_call from prototype if not defined */
 | 
						|
                    if (ref->a.func_call != FUNC_CDECL
 | 
						|
                     && type.ref->a.func_call == FUNC_CDECL)
 | 
						|
                        type.ref->a.func_call = ref->a.func_call;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                    /* use static from prototype */
 | 
						|
                    if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
 | 
						|
                        type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
		    /* If the definition has no visibility use the
 | 
						|
		       one from prototype.  */
 | 
						|
		    if (! (type.t & VT_VIS_MASK))
 | 
						|
		        type.t |= sym->type.t & VT_VIS_MASK;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                    /* apply other storage attributes from prototype */
 | 
						|
                    type.t |= sym->type.t & (VT_EXPORT|VT_WEAK);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                    if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
 | 
						|
                    func_error1:
 | 
						|
                        tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'", 
 | 
						|
                              get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    if (ref->a.func_body)
 | 
						|
                        tcc_error("redefinition of '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                    /* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
 | 
						|
                    sym->type = type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    /* put function symbol */
 | 
						|
                    sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
 | 
						|
                    sym->type.ref = type.ref;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                sym->type.ref->a.func_body = 1;
 | 
						|
                sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
 | 
						|
                   of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
 | 
						|
                   the compilation unit only if they are used */
 | 
						|
                if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) == 
 | 
						|
                    (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
 | 
						|
                    int block_level;
 | 
						|
                    struct InlineFunc *fn;
 | 
						|
                    const char *filename;
 | 
						|
                           
 | 
						|
                    filename = file ? file->filename : "";
 | 
						|
                    fn = tcc_malloc(sizeof *fn + strlen(filename));
 | 
						|
                    strcpy(fn->filename, filename);
 | 
						|
                    fn->sym = sym;
 | 
						|
                    fn->func_str = tok_str_alloc();
 | 
						|
                    
 | 
						|
                    block_level = 0;
 | 
						|
                    for(;;) {
 | 
						|
                        int t;
 | 
						|
                        if (tok == TOK_EOF)
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("unexpected end of file");
 | 
						|
                        tok_str_add_tok(fn->func_str);
 | 
						|
                        t = tok;
 | 
						|
                        next();
 | 
						|
                        if (t == '{') {
 | 
						|
                            block_level++;
 | 
						|
                        } else if (t == '}') {
 | 
						|
                            block_level--;
 | 
						|
                            if (block_level == 0)
 | 
						|
                                break;
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    tok_str_add(fn->func_str, -1);
 | 
						|
                    tok_str_add(fn->func_str, 0);
 | 
						|
                    dynarray_add(&tcc_state->inline_fns, &tcc_state->nb_inline_fns, fn);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    /* compute text section */
 | 
						|
                    cur_text_section = ad.section;
 | 
						|
                    if (!cur_text_section)
 | 
						|
                        cur_text_section = text_section;
 | 
						|
                    gen_function(sym);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                break;
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
                if (type.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
 | 
						|
                    /* save typedefed type  */
 | 
						|
                    /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
 | 
						|
                    sym = sym_find(v);
 | 
						|
                    if (sym && sym->scope == local_scope) {
 | 
						|
                        if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)
 | 
						|
                            || !(sym->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
 | 
						|
                            tcc_error("incompatible redefinition of '%s'",
 | 
						|
                                get_tok_str(v, NULL));
 | 
						|
                        sym->type = type;
 | 
						|
                    } else {
 | 
						|
                        sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    sym->a = ad.a;
 | 
						|
                } else {
 | 
						|
                    r = 0;
 | 
						|
                    if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
 | 
						|
                        /* external function definition */
 | 
						|
                        /* specific case for func_call attribute */
 | 
						|
                        type.ref->a = ad.a;
 | 
						|
                    } else if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
 | 
						|
                        /* not lvalue if array */
 | 
						|
                        r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                    has_init = (tok == '=');
 | 
						|
                    if (has_init && (type.t & VT_VLA))
 | 
						|
                        tcc_error("variable length array cannot be initialized");
 | 
						|
                    if ((type.t & VT_EXTERN) || ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) ||
 | 
						|
                        ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
 | 
						|
                         !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
 | 
						|
                        /* external variable or function */
 | 
						|
                        /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
 | 
						|
                           arrays of null size are considered as
 | 
						|
                           extern */
 | 
						|
                        sym = external_sym(v, &type, r);
 | 
						|
                        sym->asm_label = ad.asm_label;
 | 
						|
                        if (ad.alias_target) {
 | 
						|
                            Section tsec;
 | 
						|
                            ElfW(Sym) *esym;
 | 
						|
                            Sym *alias_target;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                            alias_target = sym_find(ad.alias_target);
 | 
						|
                            if (!alias_target || !alias_target->c)
 | 
						|
                                tcc_error("unsupported forward __alias__ attribute");
 | 
						|
                            esym = &((ElfW(Sym) *)symtab_section->data)[alias_target->c];
 | 
						|
                            tsec.sh_num = esym->st_shndx;
 | 
						|
                            put_extern_sym2(sym, &tsec, esym->st_value, esym->st_size, 0);
 | 
						|
                        }
 | 
						|
                    } else {
 | 
						|
                        if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
 | 
						|
                            r |= VT_CONST;
 | 
						|
                        else
 | 
						|
                            r |= l;
 | 
						|
                        if (has_init)
 | 
						|
                            next();
 | 
						|
                        decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, has_init, v, l);
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                if (tok != ',') {
 | 
						|
                    if (is_for_loop_init)
 | 
						|
                        return 1;
 | 
						|
                    skip(';');
 | 
						|
                    break;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
                next();
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
            ad.a.aligned = 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ST_FUNC void decl(int l)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
    decl0(l, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 |